TW202022498A - Light-shielding film, method for manufacturing light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, and headlight unit - Google Patents

Light-shielding film, method for manufacturing light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, and headlight unit Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202022498A
TW202022498A TW108129954A TW108129954A TW202022498A TW 202022498 A TW202022498 A TW 202022498A TW 108129954 A TW108129954 A TW 108129954A TW 108129954 A TW108129954 A TW 108129954A TW 202022498 A TW202022498 A TW 202022498A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
light
group
black
shielding film
layer
Prior art date
Application number
TW108129954A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
大谷貴洋
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202022498A publication Critical patent/TW202022498A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S41/00Illuminating devices specially adapted for vehicle exteriors, e.g. headlamps
    • F21S41/40Illuminating devices specially adapted for vehicle exteriors, e.g. headlamps characterised by screens, non-reflecting members, light-shielding members or fixed shades
    • F21S41/43Illuminating devices specially adapted for vehicle exteriors, e.g. headlamps characterised by screens, non-reflecting members, light-shielding members or fixed shades characterised by the shape thereof
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S45/00Arrangements within vehicle lighting devices specially adapted for vehicle exteriors, for purposes other than emission or distribution of light
    • F21S45/10Protection of lighting devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/02Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of crystals, e.g. rock-salt, semi-conductors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/04Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of organic materials, e.g. plastics
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/029Inorganic compounds; Onium compounds; Organic compounds having hetero atoms other than oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/037Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures
    • H01L27/14601Structural or functional details thereof
    • H01L27/1462Coatings
    • H01L27/14623Optical shielding

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Solid State Image Pick-Up Elements (AREA)

Abstract

This light-shielding film comprises: a black layer containing a black coloring material; and an oxygen barrier layer formed on the black layer. The oxygen barrier layer is a single layer made from an inorganic material, and the thickness of the oxygen barrier layer is 10-500 nm. This method for manufacturing a light-shielding film comprises: a step in which a support is coated with a light-shielding composition containing a black coloring material, a resin, a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator, and the obtained coating film is cured to form a black layer; and a step in which an oxygen barrier layer is formed on the black layer.

Description

遮光膜、遮光膜之製造方法、光學元件、固體攝像元件、頭燈單元Light-shielding film, manufacturing method of light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, headlight unit

本發明關於一種遮光膜、遮光膜之製造方法、光學元件、固體攝像元件及頭燈單元。The present invention relates to a light-shielding film, a manufacturing method of the light-shielding film, an optical element, a solid-state imaging element, and a headlight unit.

在用於液晶顯示裝置之濾色器中,以遮蔽著色像素之間的光並提高對比度等為目的,具備被稱作黑矩陣之遮光膜。 又,目前,在行動電話及PDA(Personal Digital Assistant:個人數字助理)等電子機器的行動終端搭載有小型且薄型的攝像單元。在CCD (Charge Coupled Device:電荷耦合元件)影像感測器及CMOS (Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor:互補型金屬氧化膜半導體)影像感測器等固體攝像元件中,以防止產生雜訊及提高畫質等為目的設置有遮光膜。A color filter used in a liquid crystal display device is provided with a light-shielding film called a black matrix for the purpose of shielding light between colored pixels and improving contrast. In addition, currently, mobile terminals of electronic devices such as mobile phones and PDAs (Personal Digital Assistant) are equipped with small and thin camera units. In solid-state imaging devices such as CCD (Charge Coupled Device) image sensors and CMOS (Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor) image sensors, to prevent noise and improve image quality A light-shielding film is provided for the purpose.

已知有一種在此類濾色器中,在遮光膜及著色畫素上設置氧阻斷層之技術。例如專利文獻1中揭示有一種濾色器,其在基板上具備黑矩陣、濾色器層、覆蓋黑矩陣和濾色器層且至少含有氧阻斷性化合物之氧組斷層、在濾色器層與氧阻斷層之間含有染料和氧阻斷性化合物之混合層。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]There is known a technology in which an oxygen blocking layer is provided on a light-shielding film and colored pixels in this type of color filter. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a color filter having a black matrix, a color filter layer, an oxygen group split layer covering the black matrix and the color filter layer and containing at least an oxygen-blocking compound on a substrate, and a color filter The layer and the oxygen blocking layer contain a mixed layer of dye and oxygen blocking compound. [Prior Technical Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2011-248197號公報[Patent Document 1] JP 2011-248197 A

本發明人等對專利文獻1中記載之具備氧阻斷層之黑矩陣進行研究之結果,發現有可能無法充分滿足黑矩陣(遮光膜)的耐光性及耐濕性。The inventors of the present invention conducted studies on the black matrix provided with an oxygen blocking layer described in Patent Document 1, and found that there is a possibility that the light resistance and moisture resistance of the black matrix (light-shielding film) may not be sufficiently satisfied.

因此,本發明的課題在於提供一種耐光性及耐濕性優異之遮光膜。又,本發明的課題還在於提供一種遮光膜之製造方法、光學元件、固體攝像元件及頭燈單元。Therefore, the subject of the present invention is to provide a light-shielding film excellent in light resistance and moisture resistance. Furthermore, the subject of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a light shielding film, an optical element, a solid-state imaging element, and a headlight unit.

本發明人進行深入研究之結果,發現藉由以下構成能夠解決上述課題,並完成了本發明。As a result of intensive research, the inventor found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by the following configuration, and completed the present invention.

[1]一種遮光膜,其具備含有黑色色材之黑色層及形成於上述黑色層上之氧阻斷層,其中 上述氧阻斷層係由無機材料構成之單層,上述氧阻斷層的厚度為10~500nm。 [2]如[1]所述之遮光膜,其中 上述黑色色材含有選自包括鈦、釩、鋯及鈮的群組中之至少1種金屬的氮氧化物。 [3]如[1]所述之遮光膜,其中 上述黑色色材含有碳黑、苯并呋喃酮化合物或苝化合物。 [4]如[1]~[3]中任一項所述之遮光膜,其中 上述黑色色材的含量相對於上述黑色層的總質量為20~80質量%。 [5]如[1]~[4]中任一項所述之遮光膜,其中 上述氧阻斷層含有氧化矽。 [6]如[1]~[5]中任一項所述之遮光膜,其中 上述黑色層的厚度相對於上述氧阻斷層的厚度的比率為2~100。 [7]如[1]~[6]中任一項所述之遮光膜,其中 上述氧阻斷層的氧透過率為10ml/(m2 •day•atm)以下。 [8]如[1]~[7]中任一項所述之遮光膜,其中 上述氧阻斷層實質上不包含粒子。 [9]一種遮光膜之製造方法,其具備將含有黑色色材、樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑之遮光性組成物塗佈於支撐體上,並對所獲得之塗膜進行硬化來形成黑色層之製程及在上述黑色層上形成氧阻斷層之製程,上述氧阻斷層係由無機材料構成之單層,其中上述氧阻斷層的厚度為10~500nm。 [10]如[9]所述之遮光膜之製造方法,其中 形成上述氧阻斷層之製程包括氣相沉積無機材料之製程。 [11]如[9]或[10]所述之遮光膜之製造方法,其中 上述樹脂包括含有選自包括聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑前驅物及該等的共聚物的群組中之至少1種的鹼可溶性樹脂。 [12]如[9]~[11]中任一項所述之遮光膜之製造方法,其中 上述遮光性組成物含有至少2種聚合性化合物。 [13]如[9]~[12]中任一項所述之遮光膜之製造方法,其中 上述聚合起始劑係由後述式(C-13)表示之化合物。 [14]如[9]~[13]中任一項所述之遮光膜之製造方法,其中 上述樹脂含有具有乙烯性不飽和基之樹脂。 [15]一種光學元件,其含有[1]~[8]中任一項所述之遮光膜。 [16]一種固體攝像元件,其含有[1]~[8]中任一項所述之遮光膜。 [17]一種頭燈單元,其為車輛用燈具的頭燈單元,該頭燈單元具有:光源;及遮光部,遮蔽從上述光源射出之光的至少一部分,上述遮光部含有[1]~[8]中任一項所述之遮光膜。 [發明效果][1] A light-shielding film comprising a black layer containing a black color material and an oxygen blocking layer formed on the black layer, wherein the oxygen blocking layer is a single layer composed of an inorganic material, and the oxygen blocking layer The thickness is 10~500nm. [2] The light-shielding film according to [1], wherein the black color material contains an oxynitride of at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, vanadium, zirconium, and niobium. [3] The light-shielding film according to [1], wherein the black color material contains carbon black, a benzofuranone compound, or a perylene compound. [4] The light-shielding film according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the content of the black color material is 20 to 80% by mass relative to the total mass of the black layer. [5] The light-shielding film according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the oxygen blocking layer contains silicon oxide. [6] The light-shielding film according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the ratio of the thickness of the black layer to the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is 2-100. [7] The light-shielding film according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the oxygen permeability of the oxygen blocking layer is 10 ml/(m 2 •day•atm) or less. [8] The light-shielding film according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the oxygen blocking layer does not substantially contain particles. [9] A method of manufacturing a light-shielding film, which comprises coating a light-shielding composition containing a black color material, a resin, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator on a support, and curing the obtained coating film The process of forming the black layer and the process of forming the oxygen blocking layer on the black layer. The oxygen blocking layer is a single layer composed of inorganic materials, and the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is 10 to 500 nm. [10] The method of manufacturing a light-shielding film as described in [9], wherein the process of forming the oxygen blocking layer includes a process of vapor deposition of inorganic materials. [11] The method for producing a light-shielding film as described in [9] or [10], wherein the resin includes a copolymer selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors, and these copolymers. At least one alkali-soluble resin in the group. [12] The method for producing a light-shielding film according to any one of [9] to [11], wherein the light-shielding composition contains at least two polymerizable compounds. [13] The method for producing a light-shielding film according to any one of [9] to [12], wherein the polymerization initiator is a compound represented by the following formula (C-13). [14] The method for manufacturing a light-shielding film according to any one of [9] to [13], wherein the resin contains a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group. [15] An optical element comprising the light-shielding film according to any one of [1] to [8]. [16] A solid-state imaging device comprising the light-shielding film according to any one of [1] to [8]. [17] A headlight unit, which is a headlight unit of a vehicle lamp, the headlight unit having: a light source; and a light shielding portion that shields at least a part of light emitted from the light source, the light shielding portion including [1]~[ 8] The light-shielding film of any one of. [Invention Effect]

依據本發明,能夠提供一種耐光性及耐濕性優異之遮光膜。又,本發明能夠提供一種遮光膜之製造方法、光學元件、固體攝像元件及頭燈單元。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a light-shielding film excellent in light resistance and moisture resistance. In addition, the present invention can provide a method for manufacturing a light shielding film, an optical element, a solid-state imaging element, and a headlight unit.

以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。 以下記載之構成要件的說明有時依據本發明的代表性實施態樣而完成,但本發明並不限於該等實施態樣。 另外,本說明書中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍表示含有記載於“~”之前後之數值作為下限值及上限值之範圍。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements described below may be completed based on the representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to these embodiments. In addition, in this specification, the numerical range indicated by "~" means a range that contains the numerical values described before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit.

又,本說明書中的基團(原子團)的表述中,未記載經取代及未經取代之表述係包括不含有取代基之基團和含有取代基之基團。例如,“烷基”不僅包括不含有取代基之烷基(未經取代烷基),還包括含有取代基之烷基(經取代烷基)。In addition, in the expression of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the expression that does not describe substituted and unsubstituted includes groups that do not contain substituents and groups that contain substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only alkyl groups without substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups), but also alkyl groups with substituents (substituted alkyl groups).

又,本說明書中的“光化射線”或“放射線”例如表示遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV:Extreme ultraviolet lithography)、X射線及電子束等。又,在本說明書中,光表示光化射線及放射線。在無特別說明的情況下,本說明書中的“曝光”不僅包括基於遠紫外線、X射線及EUV光等之曝光,還包括基於電子束及離子束等粒子束之描畫。In addition, the "actinic rays" or "radiation rays" in this specification means, for example, extreme ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet lithography (EUV: Extreme ultraviolet lithography), X-rays, electron beams, and the like. In addition, in this specification, light means actinic rays and radiation. Unless otherwise specified, the "exposure" in this specification includes not only exposure based on extreme ultraviolet, X-ray, EUV light, etc., but also drawing based on particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.

又,在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯。在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸。在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基。在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯醯胺”表示丙烯醯胺及甲基丙烯醯胺。在本說明書中,“單體”與“monomer:單體”的含義相同。In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means acrylate and methacrylate. In this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" means acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. In this specification, "(meth)acryloyl group" means an allyl group and a methacryloyl group. In this specification, "(meth)acrylamide" means acrylamide and methacrylamide. In this specification, "monomer" and "monomer: monomer" have the same meaning.

在本說明書中,“ppm”表示“parts-per-million(10-6 ):百萬分率”,“ppb”表示“parts-per-billion(10-9 ):十億分率”,“ppt”表示“parts-per-trillion(10-12 ):兆分率”。In this specification, "ppm" means "parts-per-million (10 -6 ): parts per million", "ppb" means "parts-per-billion (10 -9 ): parts per million", ""ppt" means "parts-per-trillion (10 -12 ): parts per trillion".

又,在本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)係基於GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography:凝膠滲透層析)法之聚苯乙烯換算值。 在本說明書中,GPC法基於如下方法,亦即利用HLC-8020GPC (TOSOH CORPORATION製),作為管柱使用TSKgel SuperHZM-H、TSKgel SuperHZ4000、TSKgel SuperHZ2000 (TOSOH CORPORATION製,4.6mmID×15cm),作為洗提液使用THF(四氫呋喃)。In addition, in this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a polystyrene conversion value based on GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method. In this specification, the GPC method is based on the following method: HLC-8020GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), TSKgel SuperHZM-H, TSKgel SuperHZ4000, TSKgel SuperHZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION, 4.6mmID×15cm) as the column THF (tetrahydrofuran) was used for the extract.

[遮光膜] 本發明的遮光膜具備含有黑色色材之黑色層及設置於黑色層上之氧阻斷層。 上述氧阻斷層係由無機材料構成之單層。 上述氧阻斷層的厚度為10~500nm。[Shading film] The light-shielding film of the present invention includes a black layer containing a black color material and an oxygen blocking layer provided on the black layer. The oxygen blocking layer is a single layer made of an inorganic material. The thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is 10 to 500 nm.

又,本發明的遮光膜能夠藉由如下製造方法製造,該製造方法具備將含有黑色色材、樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑之遮光性組成物塗佈於支撐體上,並對所獲得之塗膜進行硬化來形成黑色層之製程及在上述黑色層上形成氧阻斷層之製程。In addition, the light-shielding film of the present invention can be manufactured by a manufacturing method comprising coating a light-shielding composition containing a black color material, a resin, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator on a support, and The obtained coating film is cured to form a black layer and an oxygen blocking layer is formed on the black layer.

[黑色層] 本發明的遮光膜中包含之黑色層含有黑色色材。 黑色層並不因其製造方法而受到限制,例如為藉由對使用上述遮光性組成物來形成之塗膜進行硬化來獲得之黑色層(包括圖案狀的黑色層)。[Black layer] The black layer contained in the light-shielding film of the present invention contains a black color material. The black layer is not limited by its manufacturing method, and is, for example, a black layer (including a patterned black layer) obtained by curing a coating film formed using the light-shielding composition.

[遮光性組成物] 對用於形成黑色層之遮光性組成物(以下,亦簡單記載為“組成物”)進行說明。遮光性組成物至少含有黑色色材、樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑。[Light-shielding composition] The light-shielding composition (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "composition") for forming the black layer will be described. The light-shielding composition contains at least a black color material, a resin, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.

<黑色色材> 遮光性組成物含有黑色色材。 作為黑色色材,可舉出選自包括黑色顏料及黑色染料的群組中之1種以上。 黑色色材可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。<Black color material> The light-shielding composition contains a black color material. As a black color material, 1 or more types selected from the group which consists of black pigments and black dyes are mentioned. The black color material may be used alone or in two or more types.

黑色層中的黑色色材的含量並無特別限制,例如相對於黑色層的總質量,可以為20~80質量%。從遮光膜的耐熱性更優異之觀點考慮,黑色色材的含量相對於黑色層的總質量,大於20質量%為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,50質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,從遮光膜的耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,黑色色材的含量相對於黑色層的總質量,小於80質量%為較佳,70質量%以下為更佳,65質量%以下為進一步較佳。The content of the black color material in the black layer is not particularly limited. For example, it may be 20 to 80% by mass relative to the total mass of the black layer. From the viewpoint of better heat resistance of the light-shielding film, the content of the black color material relative to the total mass of the black layer is preferably greater than 20% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more. Also, from the viewpoint of better moisture resistance of the light-shielding film, the content of the black color material relative to the total mass of the black layer is preferably less than 80% by mass, 70% by mass or less is more preferably, and 65% by mass or less is further Better.

又,例如遮光性組成物中的黑色色材的含量相對於遮光性組成物的總固體成分,可以為20~80質量%,從遮光膜的耐熱性更優異之觀點考慮,相對於遮光性組成物的總固體成分,大於20質量%為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,50質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,從遮光膜的耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,遮光性組成物中的黑色色材的含量相對於遮光性組成物的總固體成分,小於80質量%為較佳,70質量%以下為更佳,65質量%以下為進一步較佳。 另外,在本說明書中,組成物的“總固體成分”表示藉由硬化等形成層或膜之成分,組成物含有溶劑(有機溶劑、水等)時,表示除了溶劑以外的所有成分。又,只要為形成膜之成分,則液體狀的成分亦視為固體成分。 亦即,藉由調整相對於遮光性組成物的總固體成分的黑色色材的含量,能夠將黑色層中的黑色色材的含量調整為所期望的值。In addition, for example, the content of the black color material in the light-shielding composition may be 20 to 80% by mass relative to the total solid content of the light-shielding composition. From the viewpoint that the heat resistance of the light-shielding film is more excellent, compared to the light-shielding composition The total solid content of the substance is preferably more than 20% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of better moisture resistance of the light-shielding film, the content of the black color material in the light-shielding composition relative to the total solid content of the light-shielding composition is preferably less than 80% by mass, and 70% by mass or less is More preferably, 65% by mass or less is even more preferable. In addition, in this specification, the "total solid content" of the composition means the components that form a layer or film by curing or the like, and when the composition contains a solvent (organic solvent, water, etc.), it means all components except the solvent. Moreover, as long as it is a film-forming component, a liquid component is also regarded as a solid component. That is, by adjusting the content of the black color material with respect to the total solid content of the light-shielding composition, the content of the black color material in the black layer can be adjusted to a desired value.

又,可以組合複數種無法單獨用作黑色色材的著色劑,調整成整體變為黑色而作為黑色色材。 例如,亦可以組合複數種單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之顏料來用作黑色顏料。同樣地,可以組合複數種單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之染料來作為黑色染料,亦可以組合單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之顏料和單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之染料來用作黑色染料。In addition, it is possible to combine plural kinds of coloring agents that cannot be used as a black color material alone, and adjust the whole to become black as a black color material. For example, it is also possible to combine a plurality of kinds of pigments having colors other than black when used alone as a black pigment. Similarly, a plurality of dyes having a color other than black when alone can be combined as a black dye, or a pigment having a color other than black when alone and a dye having a color other than black when alone can be combined as a black dye.

在本說明書中,黑色色材表示在波長400~700nm的所有範圍內具有吸收之色材。 更具體而言,例如,適於以下說明的評價基準Z之黑色色材為較佳。 首先,製備含有色材、透明的樹脂基質(丙烯酸樹脂等)及溶劑,相對於總固體成分之色材的含量為60質量%的組成物。將所獲得之組成物在玻璃基板上塗佈至乾燥後的塗膜的膜厚成為1μm,藉此形成塗膜。利用分光光度計(Hitachi, LTD.製UV-3600等)評價乾燥後的塗膜的遮光性。若乾燥後的塗膜的波長400~700nm中的透過率的最大值小於10%,則能夠判定上述色材係符合評價基準Z之黑色色材。In this specification, black color material means a color material that absorbs in all wavelengths of 400 to 700 nm. More specifically, for example, a black color material suitable for the evaluation criteria Z described below is preferable. First, a composition containing a color material, a transparent resin matrix (acrylic resin, etc.) and a solvent is prepared, and the content of the color material relative to the total solid content is 60% by mass. The obtained composition was applied on a glass substrate until the film thickness of the dried coating film became 1 μm, thereby forming a coating film. The light-shielding property of the coating film after drying was evaluated by a spectrophotometer (UV-3600 manufactured by Hitachi, LTD., etc.). If the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength 400 to 700 nm of the dried coating film is less than 10%, it can be determined that the color material is a black color material that meets the evaluation criteria Z.

(黑色顏料) 作為黑色顏料,能夠使用各種公知的黑色顏料。黑色顏料可以為無機顏料,亦可以為有機顏料。 從黑色層的耐光性更優異之觀點考慮,黑色色材係黑色顏料為較佳。(Black pigment) As the black pigment, various known black pigments can be used. The black pigment can be an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment. From the viewpoint that the light resistance of the black layer is more excellent, the black color material-based black pigment is preferable.

作為黑色顏料,單獨顯現黑色的顏料為較佳,單獨顯現黑色且吸收紅外線之顏料為更佳。 其中,吸收紅外線之黑色顏料例如在紅外區域(較佳為波長650~1300nm)的波長區域具有吸收。在波長675~900nm的波長區域具有極大吸收之黑色顏料亦較佳。As the black pigment, a pigment that expresses black alone is preferable, and a pigment that expresses black alone and absorbs infrared rays is more preferable. Among them, the black pigment that absorbs infrared rays has absorption in the wavelength region of the infrared region (preferably 650 to 1300 nm). Black pigments that have great absorption in the wavelength region of 675 to 900 nm are also preferred.

黑色顏料的粒徑並無特別限制,從操作性與組成物的經時穩定性(黑色顏料不沉降)之間的平衡更優異之觀點考慮,5~100nm為較佳,5~50nm為更佳,5~30nm為進一步較佳。The particle size of the black pigment is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of a more excellent balance between workability and the stability of the composition over time (black pigment does not settle), 5~100nm is preferred, and 5~50nm is more preferred , 5~30nm is more preferable.

另外,在本說明書中,“粒徑”表示藉由以下方法測定之粒子的平均一次粒徑。能夠利用穿透式電子顯微鏡(Transmission Electron Microscope,TEM)測定平均一次粒徑。作為穿透式電子顯微鏡,例如能夠使用Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.製的穿透式顯微鏡HT7700。 測出使用穿透式電子顯微鏡獲得之粒子像的最大長度(Dmax:粒子圖像的輪廓上2點中的最大長度)及最大垂直長度(DV-max:以與最大長度平行的2根直線夾住圖像時,垂直連結2根直線之間的最短的長度),將其相乘平均值(Dmax×DV-max)1/2 作為粒徑。用該方法測定100個粒子的粒徑,將其算術平均值作為粒子的平均一次粒徑。In addition, in this specification, "particle size" means the average primary particle size of particles measured by the following method. The average primary particle size can be measured by a transmission electron microscope (Transmission Electron Microscope, TEM). As a transmission electron microscope, for example, a transmission microscope HT7700 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation can be used. Measure the maximum length (Dmax: the maximum length of 2 points on the outline of the particle image) and the maximum vertical length (DV-max: clamped by two straight lines parallel to the maximum length) of the particle image obtained by using a transmission electron microscope When capturing the image, vertically connect the shortest length between two straight lines), and multiply the average value (Dmax×DV-max) 1/2 as the particle size. The particle size of 100 particles is measured by this method, and the arithmetic average value is taken as the average primary particle size of the particles.

•無機顏料 作為無機顏料,只要為具有遮光性,含有無機化合物之粒子,則並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的無機顏料。 從黑色層的低反射性及遮光性更優異之觀點考慮,作為黑色色材,無機顏料為較佳。•Inorganic pigments The inorganic pigment is not particularly limited as long as it has light-shielding properties and contains particles of an inorganic compound, and known inorganic pigments can be used. From the viewpoint that the low reflectivity and light-shielding properties of the black layer are more excellent, inorganic pigments are preferred as the black color material.

作為無機顏料,可舉出含有選自包括鈦(Ti)及鋯(Zr)等第4族的金屬元素、釩(V)及鈮(Nb)等第5族的金屬元素、鈷(Co)、鉻(Cr)、銅(Cu)、錳(Mn)、釕(Ru)、鐵(Fe)、鎳(Ni)、錫(Sn)及銀(Ag)之群組中的1種或2種以上的金屬元素之金屬氧化物、金屬氮化物及金屬氮氧化物等。 作為上述金屬氧化物、金屬氮化物及金屬氮氧化物,可以使用進而混合有其他原子之粒子。例如,能夠使用進而含有選自週期表13~17族元素之原子(較佳為氧原子和/或硫原子)之含金屬氮化物粒子。Examples of inorganic pigments include metal elements selected from the group consisting of titanium (Ti) and zirconium (Zr), group 5 metal elements such as vanadium (V) and niobium (Nb), cobalt (Co), One or more of chromium (Cr), copper (Cu), manganese (Mn), ruthenium (Ru), iron (Fe), nickel (Ni), tin (Sn) and silver (Ag) Metal oxides, metal nitrides and metal oxynitrides of the metal elements. As the aforementioned metal oxide, metal nitride, and metal oxynitride, particles in which other atoms are further mixed can be used. For example, metal-containing nitride particles further containing atoms (preferably oxygen atoms and/or sulfur atoms) selected from elements of groups 13 to 17 of the periodic table can be used.

作為上述金屬氮化物、金屬氧化物或金屬氮氧化物的製造方法,只要為可獲得具有所需物性之黑色顏料者,則並無特別限制,能夠使用氣相反應法等公知的製造方法。作為氣相反應法,可舉出電爐法及熱電漿法等,但從雜質的混入少,粒徑容易均勻,且生產性高的觀點考慮,熱電漿法為較佳。 可以對上述金屬氮化物、金屬氧化物或金屬氮氧化物實施表面修飾處理。例如,可以利用同時具有矽基和烷基之表面處理劑實施表面修飾處理。作為此類無機粒子,可舉出“KTP-09”系列(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD.製)等。The method for producing the metal nitride, metal oxide, or metal oxynitride is not particularly limited as long as a black pigment having desired physical properties can be obtained, and a known production method such as a gas phase reaction method can be used. Examples of the gas phase reaction method include an electric furnace method and a thermoplasma method. However, the thermoplasma method is preferred from the viewpoints that the mixing of impurities is small, the particle size is easily uniform, and the productivity is high. The above-mentioned metal nitrides, metal oxides or metal oxynitrides may be subjected to surface modification treatment. For example, a surface treatment agent having both a silyl group and an alkyl group can be used for surface modification treatment. Examples of such inorganic particles include "KTP-09" series (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD.) and the like.

其中,從能夠在形成黑色層時抑制產生底切的觀點考慮,選自包括鈦、釩、鋯及鈮的群組中之至少1種金屬的氮化物或氮氧化物為更佳。又,從遮光膜的耐光性及耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,黑色色材含有選自包括鈦、釩、鋯及鈮的群組中之至少1種金屬的氮氧化物為更佳,含有鈦氮氧化物(鈦黑)為特佳。Among them, from the viewpoint of being able to suppress the generation of undercuts when forming the black layer, nitride or oxynitride of at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, vanadium, zirconium, and niobium is more preferable. In addition, from the viewpoint of better light resistance and moisture resistance of the light-shielding film, the black color material preferably contains an oxynitride of at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, vanadium, zirconium, and niobium, and contains Titanium oxynitride (titanium black) is particularly preferred.

鈦黑係含有氮氧化鈦之黑色粒子。鈦黑能夠以提高分散性、抑制凝聚性等目的,依據需要進行表面修飾。鈦黑能夠用氧化矽、氧化鈦、氧化鍺、氧化鋁、氧化鎂或氧化鋯包覆,又,亦能夠利用示於日本特開2007-302836號公報之撥水性物質進行處理。Titanium black contains black particles of titanium oxynitride. Titanium black can be surface modified as needed for the purposes of improving dispersibility and inhibiting cohesion. Titanium black can be coated with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide, and can also be treated with water-repellent substances shown in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-302836.

作為鈦黑的製造方法,有在還元氣氛下將二氧化鈦與金屬鈦的混合體加熱還元的方法(日本特開昭49-005432號公報)、在含有氫之還元氣氛中對在四氯化鈦的高溫水解中獲得之超微細二氧化鈦進行還元的方法(日本特開昭57-205322號公報)、在銨存在下對二氧化鈦或氫氧化鈦進行高溫還元的方法(日本特開昭60-065069號公報、日本特開昭61-201610號公報)及使釩化合物附著於二氧化鈦或氫氧化鈦,在銨存在下進行高溫還元的方法(特開昭61-201610號公報)等,但並不限於該等。As a method of manufacturing titanium black, there are a method of heating and reducing a mixture of titanium dioxide and metallic titanium in a reduction atmosphere (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 49-005432), and a method of reducing titanium tetrachloride in a hydrogen-containing reduction atmosphere. A method of reducing ultrafine titanium dioxide obtained in high-temperature hydrolysis (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 57-205322), and a method of high-temperature reduction of titanium dioxide or titanium hydroxide in the presence of ammonium (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 60-065069, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-201610) and a method of attaching a vanadium compound to titanium dioxide or titanium hydroxide and performing high-temperature reduction in the presence of ammonium (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-201610), but not limited to these.

鈦黑的粒徑,並無特別限制,10~45nm為較佳,12~20nm為更佳。鈦黑的比表面積,並無特別限制,為了使用撥水化劑進行表面處理之後的撥水性成為規定性能,利用BET(Brunauer,Emmett,Teller:布魯諾爾、艾米特、泰勒)法測定之值為5~150m2 /g為較佳,20~100m2 /g為更佳。The particle size of titanium black is not particularly limited, preferably 10~45nm, more preferably 12~20nm. The specific surface area of titanium black is not particularly limited. In order to make the water repellency after surface treatment with a water repellent agent become a prescribed performance, the value measured by the BET (Brunauer, Emmett, Teller: Brunauer, Emmett, Taylor) method is 5 ~ 150m 2 / g is preferred, 20 ~ 100m 2 / g is more preferred.

作為鈦黑的市售品的例子,可舉出鈦黑10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R、13R-N、13M-T(商品名,Mitsubishi Materials Corporation製)、Tilack D(商品名,Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.製)、MT-150A(商品名,TAYCA CORPORATION製)等。Examples of commercially available products of titanium black include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R, 13R-N, 13M-T (trade name, manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilack D (product Name, manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.), MT-150A (trade name, manufactured by TAYCA CORPORATION), etc.

遮光性組成物將鈦黑作為含有鈦黑及Si原子之被分散體而含有亦較佳。在該形態中,在組成物中將鈦黑作為被分散體而含有。被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)以質量換算計,0.05~0.5為較佳,0.07~0.4為更佳。其中,上述被分散體包含鈦黑係一次粒子的狀態者、凝聚體(二次粒子)的狀態者這兩者。 又,若被分散體的Si/Ti過小,則藉由光微影等對使用被分散體之塗膜進行圖案化時,去除部變得容易殘留殘渣,若被分散體的Si/Ti過大,則遮光能力趨於降低。The light-shielding composition preferably contains titanium black as a dispersed body containing titanium black and Si atoms. In this aspect, titanium black is contained as a dispersion in the composition. The content ratio (Si/Ti) of Si atoms to Ti atoms in the dispersion is calculated by mass conversion, preferably 0.05 to 0.5, and more preferably 0.07 to 0.4. Here, the above-mentioned dispersed body includes both those in the state of titanium black-based primary particles and those in the state of aggregates (secondary particles). In addition, if the Si/Ti of the dispersion is too small, when the coating film using the dispersion is patterned by photolithography, etc., residues are likely to remain in the removed part. If the Si/Ti of the dispersion is too large, Then the shading ability tends to decrease.

為了變更被分散體的Si/Ti(例如設為0.05以上),能夠利用如下方法。首先,藉由利用分散機對氧化鈦粒子和氧化矽粒子進行分散來獲得分散物,在高溫(例如,850~1000℃)下對該混合物進行還元處理,藉此能夠獲得將鈦黑粒子作為主成分且含有Si和Ti之被分散體。調整了Si/Ti的鈦黑例如能夠藉由日本特開2008-266045公報的段落0005及0016~0021中記載之方法來製作。 另外,被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)例如能夠利用WO2011/049090號公報的段落0054~0056中記載之方法(2-1)或方法(2-3)來測定。In order to change the Si/Ti of the dispersion (for example, 0.05 or more), the following method can be used. First, by using a disperser to disperse titanium oxide particles and silicon oxide particles to obtain a dispersion, the mixture is reduced at a high temperature (for example, 850 ~ 1000 ℃), thereby obtaining titanium black particles as the main Composition and containing Si and Ti to be dispersed. The Si/Ti adjusted titanium black can be produced, for example, by the method described in paragraphs 0005 and 0016 to 0021 of JP 2008-266045. In addition, the content ratio (Si/Ti) of Si atoms to Ti atoms in the dispersion can be determined by the method (2-1) or the method (2-3) described in paragraphs 0054 to 0056 of WO2011/049090, for example. Determination.

在含有鈦黑及Si原子之被分散體中,鈦黑能夠使用上述者。又,在該被分散體中,以調整分散性、著色性等為目的,可以將鈦黑與包括選自Cu、Fe、Mn、V及Ni等之複數種金屬的複合氧化物、氧化鈷、氧化鐵、碳黑、以及苯胺黑等之黑色顏料的1種或2種以上組合而併用為被分散體。此時,包括鈦黑之被分散體佔所有被分散體中的50質量%以上為較佳。 遮光性組成物含有氮化鋯或氮氧化鋯亦較佳。氮化鋯或氮氧化鋯被無機化合物包覆為較佳。藉由用無機化合物包覆氮化鋯或氮氧化鋯的表面,抑制遮光顏料的光觸媒活性而不會損傷顏料(遮光顏料)的遮光性,容易防止遮光性組成物的劣化。無機化合物的較佳具體例可舉出二氧化鈦、氧化鋯、二氧化矽、氧化鋁等,二氧化矽、氧化鋁。以鈦黑與氮化鋯、鈦黑與氮氧化鋯、鈦黑與二氧化矽包覆氮化鋯、鈦黑與氧化鋁包覆氮化鋯的組合,併用亦較佳。Among the dispersions containing titanium black and Si atoms, the above-mentioned titanium black can be used. In addition, in the dispersion, for the purpose of adjusting dispersibility, coloring properties, etc., titanium black can be mixed with a composite oxide including a plurality of metals selected from Cu, Fe, Mn, V, and Ni, cobalt oxide, One or two or more of black pigments such as iron oxide, carbon black, and aniline black are combined and used as a dispersion. At this time, it is preferable that the dispersed body including titanium black accounts for 50% by mass or more of the total dispersed body. It is also preferable that the light-shielding composition contains zirconium nitride or zirconium oxynitride. Zirconium nitride or zirconium oxynitride is preferably coated with an inorganic compound. By coating the surface of zirconium nitride or zirconium oxynitride with an inorganic compound, the photocatalytic activity of the light-shielding pigment is suppressed without impairing the light-shielding properties of the pigment (light-shielding pigment), and it is easy to prevent the deterioration of the light-shielding composition. Preferred specific examples of the inorganic compound include titanium dioxide, zirconium oxide, silicon dioxide, aluminum oxide, etc., silicon dioxide and aluminum oxide. Combinations of titanium black and zirconium nitride, titanium black and zirconium oxynitride, titanium black and silicon dioxide coated zirconium nitride, titanium black and aluminum oxide coated zirconium nitride are also preferred.

作為無機顏料,亦可舉出碳黑。 從遮光性的耐光性優異,尤其耐光試驗後的光學特性的變動抑制更優異之觀點考慮,黑色色材含有碳黑為較佳。As an inorganic pigment, carbon black can also be mentioned. The black color material preferably contains carbon black from the standpoint that it is excellent in light resistance and light resistance, and particularly excellent in suppression of changes in optical properties after a light resistance test.

作為碳黑,例如可舉出爐黑、槽黑、熱黑、乙炔黑及燈黑。 作為碳黑,可以使用利用油爐法等公知的方法製造的碳黑,亦可以使用市售品。作為碳黑的市售品的具體例,可舉出C.I.顏料黑1等有機顏料及C.I.顏料黑7等無機顏料。Examples of carbon black include furnace black, channel black, thermal black, acetylene black, and lamp black. As carbon black, carbon black manufactured by a well-known method, such as an oil furnace method, can be used, and a commercial item can also be used. Specific examples of commercially available products of carbon black include organic pigments such as C.I. Pigment Black 1, and inorganic pigments such as C.I. Pigment Black 7.

作為碳黑,經表面處理之碳黑為較佳。藉由表面處理能夠對碳黑的粒子表面狀態進行改質,並能夠提高組成物中的分散穩定性。作為表面處理,可舉出基於樹脂之包覆處理、導入酸性基之表面處理及基於矽烷偶合劑之表面處理。As carbon black, surface-treated carbon black is preferable. Surface treatment can modify the surface state of carbon black particles and improve the dispersion stability in the composition. The surface treatment includes resin-based coating treatment, acidic group-introduced surface treatment, and silane coupling agent-based surface treatment.

作為碳黑,經基於樹脂之包覆處理之碳黑為較佳。藉由利用絕緣性的樹脂包覆碳黑的粒子表面,能夠提高黑色層的遮光性及絕緣性。又,藉由漏電流的減少等,能夠提高圖像顯示裝置的信賴性等。因此,將黑色層用於要求絕緣性之用途等為較佳。 作為包覆樹脂,可舉出環氧樹脂、聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、酚醛清漆樹脂、酚樹脂、脲樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、聚胺酯、鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯樹脂、烷基苯樹脂、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯及改質聚伸苯醚。 從黑色層的遮光性及絕緣性更優異之觀點考慮,包覆樹脂的含量相對於碳黑及包覆樹脂的合計,0.1~40質量%為較佳,0.5~30質量%為更佳。As carbon black, carbon black subjected to resin-based coating treatment is preferred. By covering the surface of the carbon black particles with an insulating resin, the light shielding and insulating properties of the black layer can be improved. In addition, the reliability of the image display device can be improved by the reduction of leakage current and the like. Therefore, it is preferable to use the black layer for applications requiring insulation. Examples of the coating resin include epoxy resin, polyamide, polyamide imide, novolac resin, phenol resin, urea resin, melamine resin, polyurethane, diallyl phthalate resin, alkyl Benzene resin, polystyrene, polycarbonate, polybutylene terephthalate and modified polyphenylene ether. From the viewpoint of better light shielding and insulating properties of the black layer, the content of the coating resin relative to the total of the carbon black and the coating resin is preferably 0.1-40% by mass, and more preferably 0.5-30% by mass.

•有機顏料 作為有機顏料,只要為具有遮光性,含有有機化合物之粒子,則並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的有機顏料。 作為有機顏料的具體例,例如可舉出苯并呋喃酮化合物、次甲基偶氮化合物、苝化合物及偶氮系化合物。 從遮光膜的耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,黑色色材含有苯并呋喃酮化合物或苝化合物為較佳。•Organic Pigments The organic pigment is not particularly limited as long as it has light-shielding properties and contains particles of an organic compound, and known organic pigments can be used. Specific examples of organic pigments include, for example, benzofuranone compounds, methine azo compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds. From the viewpoint that the light-shielding film is more excellent in moisture resistance, the black color material preferably contains a benzofuranone compound or a perylene compound.

(苯并呋喃酮化合物) 苯并呋喃酮化合物係在分子內具有苯并呋喃-2(3H)-酮結構或苯并呋喃-3(2H)-酮結構之藉由吸收可見光線的波長的光而著色為黑色的化合物。(Benzofuranone compound) The benzofuranone compound is a compound that has a benzofuran-2(3H)-one structure or a benzofuran-3(2H)-one structure in the molecule, which is colored black by absorbing light of a wavelength of visible light.

作為苯并呋喃酮化合物,可舉出日本特表2010-534726號公報、日本特表2012-515233號公報及日本特表2012-515234號公報中記載之化合物。 又,作為苯并呋喃酮化合物,由通式(63)~(68)中任一個表示之化合物為較佳。As the benzofuranone compound, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-534726, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-515233, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-515234 may be mentioned. Moreover, as a benzofuranone compound, the compound represented by any one of general formulas (63) to (68) is preferable.

[化學式1]

Figure 02_image001
[Chemical Formula 1]
Figure 02_image001

通式(63)~(65)中,R206 、R207 、R212 、R213 、R218 及R219 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~10的烷基或具有1~20個氟原子之碳數1~10的烷基。R208 、R209 、R214 、R215 、R220 及R221 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、R251 、COOH、COOR251 、COO- 、CONH2 、CONHR251 、CONR251 R252 、CN、OH、OR251 、OCOR251 、OCONH2 、OCONHR251 、OCONR251 R252 、NO2 、NH2 、NHR251 、NR251 R252 、NHCOR251 、NR251 COR252 、N=CH2 、N=CHR251 、N=CR251 R252 、SH、SR251 、SOR251 、SO2 R251 、SO3 R251 、SO3 H、SO3 - 、SO2 NH2 、SO2 NHR251 或SO2 NR251 R252 ,R251 及R252 分別獨立地表示碳數1~10的烷基、碳數4~10的環烷基、碳數2~10的烯基、碳數4~10的環烯基或碳數2~10的炔基。複數個R208 、R209 、R214 、R215 、R220 或R221 可以直接鍵結或者可以藉由氧原子橋、硫原子橋、NH橋或NR251 橋形成環。R210 、R211 、R216 、R217 、R222 及R223 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~15的芳基。a、b、c、d、e及f分別獨立地表示0~4的整數。通式(63)~(65)中,R206 、R207 、R212 、R213 、R218 及R219 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~6的烷基或具有1~12個氟原子之碳數1~6的烷基為較佳。又,R251 及R252 分別獨立地為碳數1~6的烷基、碳數4~7的環烷基、碳數2~6的烯基、碳數4~7的環烯基或碳數2~6的炔基為較佳。又,R210 、R211 、R216 、R217 、R222 及R223 分別獨立地為氫原子、碳數1~6的烷基或碳數6~10的芳基為較佳。上述烷基、環烷基、烯基、環烯基、炔基及芳基可以具有雜原子,可以為無取代體或取代體中的任一個。In the general formulas (63) to (65), R 206 , R 207 , R 212 , R 213 , R 218 and R 219 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkyl group with 20 fluorine atoms and carbon number 1-10. R 208, R 209, R 214 , R 215, R 220 and R 221 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, R 251, COOH, COOR 251 , COO -, CONH 2, CONHR 251, CONR 251 R 252, CN , OH, OR 251, OCOR 251 , OCONH 2, OCONHR 251, OCONR 251 R 252, NO 2, NH 2, NHR 251, NR 251 R 252, NHCOR 251, NR 251 COR 252, N = CH 2, N = CHR 251, N = CR 251 R 252 , SH, SR 251, SOR 251, SO 2 R 251, SO 3 R 251, SO 3 H, SO 3 -, SO 2 NH 2, SO 2 NHR 251 or SO 2 NR 251 R 252 , R 251 and R 252 each independently represent an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons, a cycloalkyl group with 4 to 10 carbons, an alkenyl group with 2 to 10 carbons, a cycloalkenyl group with 4 to 10 carbons, or carbon Alkynyl of 2-10. A plurality of R 208 , R 209 , R 214 , R 215 , R 220 or R 221 may be directly bonded or may form a ring through an oxygen atom bridge, a sulfur atom bridge, an NH bridge or an NR 251 bridge. R 210 , R 211 , R 216 , R 217 , R 222 and R 223 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons, or an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbons. a, b, c, d, e, and f each independently represent an integer of 0-4. In the general formulas (63) to (65), R 206 , R 207 , R 212 , R 213 , R 218 and R 219 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or having 1 to An alkyl group having 12 fluorine atoms and a carbon number of 1 to 6 is preferred. In addition, R 251 and R 252 are each independently an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, a cycloalkyl group with 4 to 7 carbons, an alkenyl group with 2 to 6 carbons, a cycloalkenyl group with 4 to 7 carbons, or carbon The alkynyl group of 2 to 6 is preferable. In addition, R 210 , R 211 , R 216 , R 217 , R 222 and R 223 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The aforementioned alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group may have a hetero atom, and may be either unsubstituted or substituted.

[化學式2]

Figure 02_image003
Figure 02_image005
[Chemical Formula 2]
Figure 02_image003
Figure 02_image005

通式(66)~(68)中,R253 、R254 、R259 、R260 、R265 及R266 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~10的烷基或具有1~20個氟原子之碳數1~10的烷基。R255 、R256 、R261 、R262 、R267 及R268 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、R271 、COOH、COOR271 、COO- 、CONH2 、CONHR271 、CONR271 R272 、CN、OH、OR271 、OCOR271 、OCONH2 、OCONHR271 、OCONR271 R272 、NO2 、NH2 、NHR271 、NR271 R272 、NHCOR271 、NR271 COR272 、N=CH2 、N=CHR271 、N=CR271 R272 、SH、SR271 、SOR271 、SO2 R271 、SO3 R271 、SO3 H、SO3 - 、SO2 NH2 、SO2 NHR271 或SO2 NR271 R272 ,R271 及R272 分別獨立地表示碳數1~10的烷基、碳數4~10的環烷基、碳數2~10的烯基、碳數4~10的環烯基或碳數2~10的炔基。複數個R255 、R256 、R261 、R262 、R267 或R268 可以直接鍵結或者可以藉由氧原子橋、硫原子橋、NH橋或NR271 橋形成環。R257 、R258 、R263 、R264 、R269 及R270 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~15的芳基。a、b、c、d、e及f分別獨立地表示0~4的整數。通式(66)~(68)中,R253 、R254 、R259 、R260 、R265 及R266 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~6的烷基或具有1~12個氟原子之碳數1~6的烷基為較佳。又,R271 及R272 分別獨立地為碳數1~6的烷基、碳數4~7的環烷基、碳數2~6的烯基、碳數4~7的環烯基或碳數2~6的炔基為較佳。又,R257 、R258 、R263 、R264 、R269 及R270 分別獨立地為氫原子、碳數1~6的烷基或碳數6~10的芳基為較佳。上述烷基、環烷基、烯基、環烯基、炔基及芳基可以具有雜原子,可以為無取代體或取代體中的任一個。In the general formulas (66) to (68), R 253 , R 254 , R 259 , R 260 , R 265 and R 266 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkyl group with 20 fluorine atoms and carbon number 1-10. R 255, R 256, R 261 , R 262, R 267 and R 268 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, R 271, COOH, COOR 271 , COO -, CONH 2, CONHR 271, CONR 271 R 272, CN , OH, OR 271, OCOR 271 , OCONH 2, OCONHR 271, OCONR 271 R 272, NO 2, NH 2, NHR 271, NR 271 R 272, NHCOR 271, NR 271 COR 272, N = CH 2, N = CHR 271, N = CR 271 R 272 , SH, SR 271, SOR 271, SO 2 R 271, SO 3 R 271, SO 3 H, SO 3 -, SO 2 NH 2, SO 2 NHR 271 or SO 2 NR 271 R 272 , R 271 and R 272 each independently represent an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons, a cycloalkyl group with 4 to 10 carbons, an alkenyl group with 2 to 10 carbons, a cycloalkenyl group with 4 to 10 carbons, or carbon Alkynyl of 2-10. A plurality of R 255 , R 256 , R 261 , R 262 , R 267 or R 268 may be directly bonded or may form a ring through an oxygen atom bridge, a sulfur atom bridge, an NH bridge or an NR 271 bridge. R 257 , R 258 , R 263 , R 264 , R 269 and R 270 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons, or an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbons. a, b, c, d, e, and f each independently represent an integer of 0-4. In the general formulas (66) to (68), R 253 , R 254 , R 259 , R 260 , R 265 and R 266 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. An alkyl group having 12 fluorine atoms and a carbon number of 1 to 6 is preferred. In addition, R 271 and R 272 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbons, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbons, a cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 7 carbons, or a carbon The alkynyl group of 2 to 6 is preferable. Moreover, R 257 , R 258 , R 263 , R 264 , R 269 and R 270 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The aforementioned alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group may have a hetero atom, and may be either unsubstituted or substituted.

苯并呋喃酮化合物例如能夠作為Irgaphor Black S0100CF(商品名,BASF公司製)而獲得。The benzofuranone compound can be obtained as Irgaphor Black S0100CF (trade name, manufactured by BASF Corporation), for example.

(苝化合物) 苝化合物係在分子內具有苝結構之藉由吸收可見光線的波長的光而著色為黑色的化合物。(Perylene compound) The perylene compound is a compound that has a perylene structure in the molecule and is colored black by absorbing light of the wavelength of visible light.

作為苝化合物,可舉出日本特開昭62-001753號公報及日本特公昭63-026784號公報中記載之化合物。 又,作為苝化合物,由通式(69)~(71)中任一個表示之苝化合物為較佳。Examples of the perylene compound include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 62-001753 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-026784. Furthermore, as the perylene compound, a perylene compound represented by any one of general formulas (69) to (71) is preferable.

[化學式3]

Figure 02_image007
[Chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image007

通式(69)~(71)中,X92 、X93 、X94 及X95 分別獨立地表示碳數1~10的伸烷基。R224 及R225 分別獨立地表示氫、羥基、碳數1~6的烷氧基或碳數2~6的醯基。R273 及R274 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~10的烷基。a及b分別獨立地表示0~5的整數。通式(69)~(71)中,X92 、X93 、X94 及X95 分別獨立地為碳數1~6的伸烷基為較佳。又,R224 及R225 分別獨立地為氫原子、羥基、碳數1~4的烷氧基或碳數2~4的醯基為較佳。R273 及R274 分別獨立地為氫或碳數1~6的烷基為較佳。上述伸烷基、烷氧基、醯基及烷基可以具有雜原子,可以為無取代體或取代體中的任一個。In the general formulae (69) to (71), X 92 , X 93 , X 94 and X 95 each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. R 224 and R 225 each independently represent hydrogen, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an acyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. R 273 and R 274 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. a and b each independently represent an integer of 0-5. In general formulas (69) to (71), X 92 , X 93 , X 94 and X 95 are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Moreover, it is preferable that R 224 and R 225 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Preferably, R 273 and R 274 are independently hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The above-mentioned alkylene group, alkoxy group, acyl group, and alkyl group may have a hetero atom, and may be either unsubstituted or substituted.

苝化合物例如能夠作為C.I.顏料黑21、30、31、32、33及34、以及Paliogen Black S0084、Paliogen Black K0084、Paliogen Black L0086、Paliogen Black K0086、Paliogen Black EH0788及Paliogen Black FK4281(以上商品名,均為BASF公司製)而獲得。Perylene compounds can be used as CI Pigment Black 21, 30, 31, 32, 33 and 34, and Paliogen Black S0084, Paliogen Black K0084, Paliogen Black L0086, Paliogen Black K0086, Paliogen Black EH0788, and Paliogen Black FK4281 (the above trade names are all), for example. It is obtained by BASF Corporation.

(黑色染料) 作為黑色染料,能夠使用單獨顯現黑色之染料,例如能夠使用吡唑偶氮化合物、吡咯亞甲基化合物、苯胺偶氮化合物、三苯甲烷化合物、蒽醌化合物、亞苄基化合物、氧雜菁(oxonol)化合物、吡唑并三唑偶氮化合物、吡啶酮偶氮化合物、花青化合物、啡噻嗪化合物及吡咯并吡唑甲亞胺化合物等。 又,作為黑色染料,能夠參考日本特開昭64-090403號公報、日本特開昭64-091102號公報、日本特開平1-094301號公報、日本特開平6-011614號公報、日本特登2592207號公報、美國專利4808501號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、美國專利505950號說明書、日本特開平5-333207號公報、日本特開平6-035183號公報、日本特開平6-051115號公報及日本特開平6-194828號公報等中記載之化合物,該等內容引入本說明書中。(Black dye) As the black dye, a dye that can express black alone can be used. For example, a pyrazole azo compound, a pyrromethene compound, an aniline azo compound, a triphenylmethane compound, an anthraquinone compound, a benzylidene compound, and an oxacyanine ( oxonol) compounds, pyrazolotriazole azo compounds, pyridone azo compounds, cyanine compounds, phenothiazine compounds and pyrrolopyrazole azomethine compounds. In addition, as black dyes, refer to Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 64-090403, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 64-091102, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1-094301, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 6-011614, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2592207 Bulletin, U.S. Patent No. 4808501, U.S. Patent No. 5,667,920, U.S. Patent No. 505,950, Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-333207, Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-035183, Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-051115, and Japanese Patent The compounds described in Kaihei 6-194828 and others are incorporated into this specification.

作為該等黑色染料的具體例,可舉出溶劑黑27~47的比色指數(C.I.)中規定之染料,在溶劑黑27、29或34的C.I.中規定之染料為較佳。 又,作為該等黑色染料的市售品,可舉出Spilon Black MH、Black BH(以上,Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.製)、VALIFAST Black 3804、3810、3820、3830(以上,ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.製)、Savinyl Black RLSN(以上,Clariant Chemicals製)、KAYASET Black K-R、K-BL(以上,Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.製)等染料。As specific examples of these black dyes, the dyes specified in the colorimetric index (C.I.) of Solvent Black 27 to 47 can be cited, and the dyes specified in C.I. of Solvent Black 27, 29 or 34 are preferred. In addition, as commercial products of these black dyes, Spilon Black MH, Black BH (above, manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), VALIFAST Black 3804, 3810, 3820, and 3830 (above, ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO ., LTD.), Savinyl Black RLSN (above, manufactured by Clariant Chemicals), KAYASET Black KR, K-BL (above, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).

又,作為黑色染料,可使用色素多聚體。作為色素多聚體,可舉出日本特開2011-213925號公報及日本特開2013-041097號公報中記載之化合物。又,亦可使用分子內具有聚合性之聚合性染料,作為市售品,例如可舉出Wako Pure Chemical Industries, LTD.製RDW系列。 進而,如上所述,亦可以組合複數種單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之染料來用作黑色染料。作為此類著色染料,例如除了R(紅)、G(綠)及B(藍)等彩色系染料(彩色染料)以外,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-042375的段落0027~0200中記載之染料。In addition, as the black dye, a dye polymer can be used. Examples of the dye multimer include the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-213925 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-041097. In addition, polymerizable dyes having polymerizability in the molecule can also be used. As a commercially available product, for example, the RDW series manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, LTD. Furthermore, as described above, it is also possible to use a combination of a plurality of dyes having colors other than black when they are singly used as a black dye. As such coloring dyes, for example, in addition to color dyes (color dyes) such as R (red), G (green), and B (blue), the dyes described in paragraphs 0027 to 0200 of JP 2014-042375 can also be used. .

從能夠在形成黑色層時抑制產生底切的觀點考慮,黑色色材含有選自包括鈦、釩、鋯及鈮的群組中之至少1種金屬的氮化物或氮氧化物為更佳,從遮光膜的耐光性及耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,含有選自包括鈦、釩、鋯及鈮的群組中之至少1種金屬的氮氧化物為更佳,含有鈦氮氧化物(鈦黑)為特佳。 又,黑色色材含有碳黑、苯并呋喃酮化合物或苝化合物亦較佳。From the viewpoint of being able to suppress the generation of undercuts when forming the black layer, the black color material preferably contains nitride or oxynitride of at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, vanadium, zirconium and niobium. From the viewpoint that the light resistance and moisture resistance of the light-shielding film are more excellent, it is more preferable to contain an oxynitride of at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, vanadium, zirconium and niobium, and more preferably to contain titanium oxynitride (titanium oxynitride). Black) is particularly good. Moreover, it is also preferable that the black color material contains carbon black, a benzofuranone compound, or a perylene compound.

(著色劑) 遮光性組成物可以含有除了黑色色材以外的著色劑。能夠使用黑色色材和1種以上的著色劑這兩者來調整黑色層(遮光膜)的遮光特性。又,例如將黑色層用作光衰減膜時,針對含有寬波長成分之光,易於均等衰減各波長。 作為著色劑,可舉出除了上述黑色色材以外的顏料及染料。 組成物含有著色劑時,黑色色材和著色劑的合計含量相對於組成物的固體成分的總質量為10~90質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳,40~60質量%為進一步較佳。 另外,將由遮光性組成物形成之黑色層用作光衰減膜時,黑色色材與著色劑的合計含量比上述較佳範圍少亦較佳。 又,著色劑的含量相對於黑色色材的含量的質量比(著色劑的含量/黑色色材的含量)為0.1~9.0為較佳。(Colorant) The light-shielding composition may contain coloring agents other than the black color material. It is possible to adjust the light-shielding characteristics of the black layer (light-shielding film) using both a black color material and one or more colorants. Moreover, for example, when a black layer is used as a light attenuation film, it is easy to uniformly attenuate each wavelength with respect to light containing a wide-wavelength component. Examples of the coloring agent include pigments and dyes other than the above-mentioned black color materials. When the composition contains a coloring agent, the total content of the black color material and the coloring agent relative to the total mass of the solid content of the composition is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 30 to 70% by mass, and 40 to 60% by mass It is further preferred. In addition, when a black layer formed of a light-shielding composition is used as a light attenuating film, it is also preferable that the total content of the black color material and the coloring agent is less than the above-mentioned preferable range. In addition, the mass ratio of the content of the colorant to the content of the black color material (the content of the colorant/the content of the black color material) is preferably 0.1 to 9.0.

(紅外線吸收劑) 組成物可以含有紅外線吸收劑。 紅外線吸收劑表示在紅外區域(較佳為波長650~1300nm)的波長區域具有吸收之化合物。作為紅外線吸收劑,在波長675~900nm的波長區域具有極大吸收之化合物為較佳。 作為具有該種分光特性之著色劑,例如可舉出吡咯并吡咯化合物、銅化合物、花青化合物、酞菁化合物、亞銨(iminium)化合物、硫醇錯合物系化合物、過渡金屬氧化物系化合物、方酸菁(squarylium)化合物、萘酞菁化合物、夸特銳烯(quaterrylene)化合物、二硫醇金屬錯合物系化合物及克酮鎓(croconium)化合物等。 酞菁化合物、萘酞菁化合物、亞銨化合物、花青化合物、芳酸菁化合物及克酮鎓(croconium)化合物可使用日本特開2010-111750號公報的段落0010~0081中揭示的化合物,該內容引入本說明書中。花青化合物例如能夠參考“功能性色素,大河原信/鬆岡賢/北尾悌次郎/平嶋恆亮•著,Kodansha Scientific Ltd.”,該內容引入本申請說明書中。(Infrared absorber) The composition may contain an infrared absorber. Infrared absorber means a compound that absorbs in the wavelength region of the infrared region (preferably 650 to 1300 nm). As the infrared absorber, a compound having a maximum absorption in the wavelength region of 675 to 900 nm is preferred. Examples of coloring agents having such spectroscopic properties include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, copper compounds, cyanine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, iminium compounds, thiol complex compounds, and transition metal oxide compounds. Compounds, squarylium compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, dithiol metal complex compounds, croconium compounds, etc. As the phthalocyanine compound, naphthalocyanine compound, iminium compound, cyanine compound, aromatic acid cyanine compound, and croconium compound, the compounds disclosed in paragraphs 0010 to 0081 of JP 2010-111750 A can be used. The content is incorporated into this manual. For the cyanine compound, for example, refer to "Functional pigment, Ogawara Nobuyuki / Matsuoka Ken / Kitao Teijiro / Hirashima Hiroshi, Kodansha Scientific Ltd.", and this content is incorporated into this specification.

作為具有上述分光特性之著色劑,亦能夠使用日本特開平07-164729號公報的段落0004~0016中所揭示的化合物和/或日本特開2002-146254號公報的段落0027~0062中所揭示的化合物、日本特開2011-164583號公報的段落0034~0067中所揭示的包括含有Cu和/或P之氧化物的微晶且數量平均凝聚粒徑為5~200nm的近紅外線吸收粒子。As a coloring agent having the above-mentioned spectroscopic properties, the compounds disclosed in paragraphs 0004 to 0016 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 07-164729 and/or the compounds disclosed in paragraphs 0027 to 0062 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-146254 can also be used. The compound, disclosed in paragraphs 0034 to 0067 of JP 2011-164583 A, includes near-infrared absorbing particles containing Cu and/or P oxide crystallites and having a number average aggregate particle size of 5 to 200 nm.

作為在波長675~900nm的波長區域具有極大吸收之化合物,選自包括花青化合物、吡咯并吡咯化合物、芳酸菁化合物、酞菁化合物及萘酞菁化合物之群組中的至少1種為較佳。 又,紅外線吸收劑係在25℃的水中溶解1質量%以上的化合物為較佳,在25℃的水中溶解10質量%以上的化合物為更佳。藉由使用該等化合物,改善耐溶劑性。 吡咯并吡咯化合物能夠參考日本特開2010-222557號公報的0049~0062,該內容引入本說明書中。花青化合物及芳酸菁化合物能夠參考國際公開2014/088063號公報的段落0022~0063、國際公開2014/030628號公報的段落0053~0118、日本特開2014-059550號公報的段落0028~0074、國際公開2012/169447號公報的段落0013~0091、日本特開2015-176046號公報的段落0019~0033、日本特開2014-063144號公報的段落0053~0099、日本特開2014-052431號公報的段落0085~0150、日本特開2014-044301號公報的段落0076~0124、日本特開2012-008532號公報的段落0045~0078、日本特開2015-172102號公報的段落0027~0067、日本特開2015-172004號公報的段落0029~0067、日本特開2015-040895號公報的段落0029~0085、日本特開2014-126642號公報的段落0022~0036、日本特開2014-148567號公報的段落0011~0017、日本特開2015-157893號公報的段落0010~0025、日本特開2014-095007號公報的段落0013~0026、日本特開2014-080487號公報的段落0013~0047及日本特開2013-227403號公報的段落0007~0028等,該內容引入本說明書中。As a compound having a maximum absorption in the wavelength region of 675 to 900 nm, at least one selected from the group consisting of cyanine compounds, pyrrolopyrrole compounds, aromatic acid cyanine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, and naphthalocyanine compounds is more preferred. good. In addition, it is preferable that the infrared absorber dissolves 1% by mass or more of the compound in water at 25°C, and more preferably the compound dissolves 10% by mass or more in water at 25°C. By using these compounds, solvent resistance is improved. For the pyrrolopyrrole compound, reference can be made to 0049 to 0062 of JP 2010-222557 A, and this content is incorporated in this specification. Cyanine compounds and aromatic acid cyanine compounds can refer to paragraphs 0022 to 0063 of International Publication No. 2014/088063, paragraphs 0053 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2014/030628, paragraphs 0028 to 0074 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-059550, Paragraphs 0013 to 0091 of International Publication No. 2012/169447, Paragraphs 0019 to 0033 of JP 2015-176046, Paragraphs 0053 to 0099 of JP 2014-063144, and JP 2014-052431 Paragraphs 0085 to 0150, paragraphs 0076 to 0124 of JP 2014-044301, paragraphs 0045 to 0078 of JP 2012-008532, paragraphs 0027 to 0067 of JP 2015-172102, JP Paragraphs 0029~0067 of 2015-172004, Paragraphs 0029 to 0085 of JP 2015-040895, Paragraphs 0022 to 0036 of JP 2014-126642, Paragraph 0011 of JP 2014-148567 ~0017, paragraphs 0010~0025 of JP 2015-157893, paragraphs 0013~0026 of JP 2014-095007, paragraphs 0013~0047 of JP 2014-080487, and JP 2013- Paragraphs 0007~0028 of Bulletin No. 227403 are incorporated into this specification.

<樹脂> 遮光性組成物含有樹脂。作為樹脂,例如可舉出分散樹脂及鹼可溶性樹脂等。 作為樹脂在組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,相對於組成物的總固體成分,3~60質量%為較佳,10~40質量%為更佳,15~35質量%為進一步較佳。樹脂可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。例如,作為樹脂,可併用後述分散樹脂和後述鹼可溶性樹脂。併用2種以上的樹脂時,合計含量在上述範圍內者為較佳。 另外,樹脂表示溶解於組成物中且分子量大於2000的成分。樹脂的分子量為多分散時,樹脂的重量平均分子量大於2000。<Resin> The light-shielding composition contains resin. Examples of resins include dispersion resins and alkali-soluble resins. The content of the resin in the composition is not particularly limited. With respect to the total solid content of the composition, 3-60% by mass is preferable, 10-40% by mass is more preferable, and 15-35% by mass is more preferable. . A resin may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. For example, as the resin, a dispersion resin described later and an alkali-soluble resin described later may be used in combination. When two or more resins are used in combination, it is preferable that the total content is within the above range. In addition, resin means a component that is dissolved in the composition and has a molecular weight greater than 2,000. When the molecular weight of the resin is polydisperse, the weight average molecular weight of the resin is greater than 2,000.

(分散樹脂) 遮光性組成物含有分散樹脂為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,分散樹脂表示與後述鹼可溶性樹脂不同的化合物。 作為分散樹脂在組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,相對於組成物的總固體成分,2~40質量%為較佳,5~30質量%為更佳,10~20質量%為進一步較佳。 分散樹脂可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。併用2種以上的分散樹脂時,合計含量在上述範圍內者為較佳。 又,組成物中分散樹脂(較佳為接枝型高分子)的含量相對於黑色色材的含量的質量比(分散樹脂的含量/黑色色材的含量)為0.05~1.00為較佳,0.05~0.35為更佳,0.20~0.35為進一步較佳。(Dispersed resin) The light-shielding composition preferably contains a dispersed resin. In addition, in this specification, the dispersion resin means a compound different from the alkali-soluble resin mentioned later. The content of the dispersing resin in the composition is not particularly limited. With respect to the total solid content of the composition, 2-40% by mass is preferable, 5-30% by mass is more preferable, and 10-20% by mass is more preferable. good. Dispersing resin may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When two or more dispersing resins are used in combination, it is preferable that the total content is within the above range. In addition, the mass ratio of the content of the dispersed resin (preferably grafted polymer) to the content of the black color material in the composition (the content of the dispersed resin/the content of the black color material) is preferably 0.05 to 1.00, preferably 0.05 ~0.35 is more preferred, and 0.20~0.35 is even more preferred.

作為分散樹脂,例如能夠適當選擇公知的分散劑來使用。其中,高分子化合物為較佳。 作為分散樹脂,可舉出高分子分散劑(例如,聚醯胺胺及其鹽、聚羧酸及其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改質聚胺基甲酸酯、改質聚酯、改質聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物)、聚氧乙烯烷基磷酸酯、聚氧乙烯烷基胺及顏料衍生物等。 高分子化合物能夠依據其結構進一步分類為直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。As the dispersion resin, for example, a known dispersant can be appropriately selected and used. Among them, polymer compounds are preferred. As the dispersing resin, a polymer dispersant (for example, polyamide amine and its salt, polycarboxylic acid and its salt, high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, modified polyurethane, modified polyester, Modified poly(meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid copolymer, naphthalenesulfonate formalin condensate), polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene alkyl amine and pigment derivatives. Polymer compounds can be further classified into linear polymers, terminal modified polymers, grafted polymers, and block polymers based on their structures.

•高分子化合物 高分子化合物吸附於黑色顏料及依據所需併用之其他顏料(以下,亦將黑色顏料及其他顏料簡單記載為“顏料”)等被分散體的表面,發揮防止被分散體的再凝聚之作用。因此,含有對顏料表面的固著部位之末端改質型高分子、接枝型(含有高分子鏈)高分子或嵌段型高分子為較佳。•High molecular compound The polymer compound is adsorbed on the surface of the dispersed body such as black pigments and other pigments used in combination as required (hereinafter, black pigments and other pigments are also simply referred to as "pigments"), and play a role in preventing re-aggregation of the dispersed body. Therefore, a terminal-modified polymer, a graft-type (containing polymer chain) polymer, or a block-type polymer containing a fixing site to the surface of the pigment is preferable.

上述高分子化合物可以含有硬化性基。 作為硬化性基,例如可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團(以下,亦記載為“乙烯性不飽和基”)(例如(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基及苯乙烯基等)及環狀醚基(例如環氧基、氧雜環丁基等)等,但並不限於該等。 其中,作為硬化性基,從在自由基反應中能夠進行聚合控制的觀點考慮,乙烯性不飽和基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。The above-mentioned polymer compound may contain a curable group. As the curable group, for example, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter, also described as "ethylenically unsaturated group") (for example, (meth)acryloyl group, vinyl group, styryl group, etc.) And cyclic ether groups (for example, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups, etc.), but not limited to these. Among them, as the curable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferred, and a (meth)acryloyl group is more preferred from the viewpoint of enabling polymerization control in a radical reaction.

從遮光膜的耐光性、耐濕性及耐熱性更優異之觀點考慮,遮光性組成物含有具有硬化性基(更佳為乙烯性不飽和基)之分散樹脂為較佳。 作為具有硬化性基之分散樹脂,例如可舉出包含具有硬化性基(更佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基等的乙烯性不飽和基)之結構單元之高分子化合物。另外,在本說明書中,“結構單元”與“重複單元”的含義相同。 例如,可以在含有下述接枝鏈之結構單元的接枝鏈的末端導入有硬化性基。更具體而言,在構成高分子化合物之結構單元中,可以在源自(甲基)丙烯酸之單元和/或其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體之單元的1種以上的一部分或全部中導入有硬化性基(較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基等乙烯性不飽和基)。 高分子化合物中,以質量換算計,具有硬化性基之結構單元的含量相對於高分子化合物的總質量,2~90質量%為較佳,5~30質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint that the light-shielding film is more excellent in light resistance, moisture resistance, and heat resistance, the light-shielding composition preferably contains a dispersion resin having a curable group (more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group). As the dispersion resin having a curable group, for example, a polymer compound containing a structural unit having a curable group (more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth)acryloyl group) can be cited. In addition, in this specification, "structural unit" and "repeating unit" have the same meaning. For example, a hardening group may be introduced at the end of the graft chain containing the structural unit of the graft chain described below. More specifically, among the structural units constituting the polymer compound, a part or all of one or more of units derived from (meth)acrylic acid and/or other addition polymerizable vinyl monomers may be introduced There is a curable group (preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth)acryloyl group). In the polymer compound, in terms of mass conversion, the content of the structural unit having a curable group relative to the total mass of the polymer compound is preferably 2 to 90% by mass, and more preferably 5 to 30% by mass.

具有硬化性基之樹脂含有選自包括聚酯結構及聚醚結構之群組中的至少1種為較佳。此時,可以在主鏈含有聚酯結構和/或聚醚結構,如後述在上述樹脂包含含有接枝鏈之結構單元時,上述高分子鏈可以含有聚酯結構和/或聚醚結構。 作為上述樹脂,上述高分子鏈含有聚酯結構為更佳。The resin having a curable group preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyester structure and a polyether structure. In this case, the main chain may contain a polyester structure and/or a polyether structure. As described later, when the resin contains a structural unit containing a graft chain, the polymer chain may contain a polyester structure and/or a polyether structure. As the resin, it is more preferable that the polymer chain contains a polyester structure.

高分子化合物包含含有接枝鏈之結構單元為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,“結構單元”與“重複單元”的含義相同。 含有該種含有接枝鏈之結構單元之高分子化合物藉由接枝鏈具有與溶劑的親和性,因此顏料等的分散性及經時後的分散穩定性(經時穩定性)優異。又,藉由存在接枝鏈,包含含有接枝鏈之結構單元之高分子化合物與聚合性化合物或其他能夠併用之樹脂等具有親和性。 其結果,在鹼顯影中不易生成殘渣。 若接枝鏈變長,則立體排斥效果提高而顏料等的分散性得到提高。另一方面,若接枝鏈過長,則對顏料等的吸附力下降,顏料等的分散性具有下降的傾向。因此,接枝鏈中,除氫原子以外的原子數為40~10000為較佳,除氫原子以外的原子數為50~2000為更佳,除氫原子以外的原子數為60~500為進一步較佳。 其中,接枝鏈表示共聚物的主鏈的根部(從主鏈支化之基團中與主鏈鍵結之原子)至從主鏈支化之基團的末端。The polymer compound preferably contains a structural unit containing a graft chain. In addition, in this specification, "structural unit" and "repeating unit" have the same meaning. The polymer compound containing the structural unit containing the graft chain has affinity with the solvent due to the graft chain, and therefore, the dispersibility of the pigment and the like and the dispersion stability over time (stability over time) are excellent. In addition, by the presence of the graft chain, the polymer compound including the structural unit containing the graft chain has affinity with the polymerizable compound or other resins that can be used in combination. As a result, residues are less likely to be generated during alkali development. If the graft chain becomes longer, the steric repulsion effect is improved and the dispersibility of the pigment and the like is improved. On the other hand, if the graft chain is too long, the adsorption force to the pigment or the like will decrease, and the dispersibility of the pigment or the like will tend to decrease. Therefore, in the graft chain, the number of atoms other than hydrogen atoms is preferably 40~10000, the number of atoms other than hydrogen atoms is more preferably 50~2000, and the number of atoms other than hydrogen atoms is 60~500. Better. Here, the graft chain means the root of the main chain of the copolymer (atoms bonded to the main chain from the group branched from the main chain) to the end of the group branched from the main chain.

接枝鏈含有聚合物結構為較佳,作為該種聚合物結構,例如可舉出聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯結構(例如,聚(甲基)丙烯酸結構)、聚酯結構、聚胺基甲酸酯結構、聚脲結構、聚醯胺結構及聚醚結構等。 為了提高接枝鏈與溶劑的相互作用性,並藉此提高顏料等的分散性,接枝鏈係含有選自包括聚酯結構、聚醚結構及聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯結構之群組中之至少1種之接枝鏈為較佳,含有聚酯結構及聚醚結構中的至少一個之接枝鏈為更佳。The graft chain preferably contains a polymer structure. Examples of the polymer structure include poly(meth)acrylate structure (for example, poly(meth)acrylic acid structure), polyester structure, and polyurethane structure. Acid ester structure, polyurea structure, polyamide structure and polyether structure, etc. In order to improve the interaction between the graft chain and the solvent, and thereby improve the dispersibility of pigments, etc., the graft chain contains selected from the group consisting of polyester structure, polyether structure and poly(meth)acrylate structure At least one graft chain is preferable, and a graft chain containing at least one of a polyester structure and a polyether structure is more preferable.

作為含有此類接枝鏈之巨單體(具有聚合物結構,鍵結在共聚物的主鏈來構成接枝鏈之單體),並無特別限制,能夠較佳地使用含有乙烯性不飽和基之巨單體。 又,從遮光膜的耐光性、耐濕性及耐熱性更優異之觀點考慮,上述高分子化合物具有硬化性基為較佳,含有(甲基)丙烯醯基等乙烯性不飽和基為更佳。As a macromonomer containing such a graft chain (a monomer having a polymer structure that is bonded to the main chain of the copolymer to form the graft chain), there is no particular limitation, and it can be preferably used. The giant monomer of the base. In addition, from the viewpoint that the light-shielding film is more excellent in light resistance, moisture resistance, and heat resistance, it is preferable that the polymer compound has a curable group, and it is more preferable to contain an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth)acryloyl group. .

作為與含有高分子化合物所含有之接枝鏈之結構單元對應,可較佳地用於高分子化合物的合成之市售的巨單體,可使用AA-6、AA-10、AB-6、AS-6、AN-6、AW-6、AA-714、AY-707、AY-714、AK-5、AK-30及AK-32(均為商品名,TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製)、以及BLEMMER PP-100、BLEMMER PP-500、BLEMMER PP-800、BLEMMER PP-1000、BLEMMER 55-PET-800、BLEMMER PME-4000、BLEMMER PSE-400、BLEMMER PSE-1300及BLEMMER 43PAPE-600B(均為商品名,NOF CORPORATION製)。其中,AA-6、AA-10、AB-6、AS-6、AN-6或BLEMMER PME-4000為較佳。As the structural unit containing the graft chain contained in the polymer compound, commercially available macromonomers that can be preferably used in the synthesis of polymer compounds can be used AA-6, AA-10, AB-6, AS-6, AN-6, AW-6, AA-714, AY-707, AY-714, AK-5, AK-30 and AK-32 (all trade names, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), And BLEMMER PP-100, BLEMMER PP-500, BLEMMER PP-800, BLEMMER PP-1000, BLEMMER 55-PET-800, BLEMMER PME-4000, BLEMMER PSE-400, BLEMMER PSE-1300 and BLEMMER 43PAPE-600B (all Trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION). Among them, AA-6, AA-10, AB-6, AS-6, AN-6 or BLEMMER PME-4000 are preferred.

上述分散樹脂含有選自包括聚丙烯酸甲酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯及環狀或鏈狀的聚酯之群組中的至少1種結構為較佳,含有選自包括聚丙烯酸甲酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯及鏈狀的聚酯之群組中的至少1種結構為更佳,含有選自包括聚丙烯酸甲酯結構、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯結構、聚己內酯結構及聚戊內酯結構之群組中的至少1種結構為進一步較佳。分散樹脂可以在一樹脂中單獨含有上述結構,亦可以在一樹脂中含有複數個該等結構。 其中,聚己內酯結構表示含有開環ε-己內酯結構作為重複單元的結構。聚戊內酯結構表示含有開環δ-戊內酯結構作為重複單元的結構。 作為含有聚己內酯結構之分散樹脂的具體例,可舉出下述式(1)及下述式(2)中的j及k為5的分散樹脂。又,作為含有聚戊內酯結構之分散樹脂的具體例,可舉出下述式(1)及下述式(2)中的j及k為4的分散劑。 作為含有聚丙烯酸甲酯結構之分散樹脂的具體例,可舉出下述式(4)中的X5 為氫原子,且R4 為甲基的分散樹脂。又,作為含有聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯結構之分散樹脂的具體例,可舉出下述式(4)中的X5 為甲基,且R4 為甲基的分散樹脂。The above-mentioned dispersing resin preferably contains at least one structure selected from the group consisting of polymethyl acrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, and cyclic or chain polyesters. At least one structure in the group of methyl methacrylate and chain-like polyester is more preferred, and contains a structure selected from the group consisting of polymethyl acrylate structure, polymethyl methacrylate structure, polycaprolactone structure, and polypentane At least one structure in the group of lactone structures is more preferable. The dispersing resin may contain the above-mentioned structures in one resin alone, or may contain a plurality of these structures in one resin. Here, the polycaprolactone structure means a structure containing a ring-opened ε-caprolactone structure as a repeating unit. The polyvalerolactone structure means a structure containing a ring-opened δ-valerolactone structure as a repeating unit. As a specific example of the dispersion resin containing a polycaprolactone structure, the dispersion resin in which j and k in following formula (1) and following formula (2) are 5 is mentioned. Moreover, as a specific example of the dispersing resin containing a polyvalerolactone structure, the dispersing agent whose j and k in following formula (1) and following formula (2) are 4 are mentioned. As a specific example of a dispersion resin containing a polymethyl acrylate structure, a dispersion resin in which X 5 in the following formula (4) is a hydrogen atom and R 4 is a methyl group can be mentioned. Moreover, as a specific example of the dispersion resin containing a polymethyl methacrylate structure, the dispersion resin in which X 5 in the following formula (4) is a methyl group, and R 4 is a methyl group can be mentioned.

•含有接枝鏈之結構單元 作為含有接枝鏈之結構單元,高分子化合物含有由下述式(1)~(4)中的任一個表示之結構單元為較佳,含有由下述式(1A)、下述式(2A)、下述式(3A)、下述式(3B)及下述(4)中的任一個表示之結構單元為更佳。•Containing structural units of grafted chains As the structural unit containing the graft chain, the polymer compound preferably contains a structural unit represented by any one of the following formulas (1) to (4), and contains the following formula (1A), the following formula (2A) ), the structural unit represented by any one of the following formula (3A), the following formula (3B), and the following (4) is more preferred.

[化學式4]

Figure 02_image009
Figure 02_image011
[Chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image009
Figure 02_image011

在式(1)~(4)中,W1 、W2 、W3 及W4 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH。W1 、W2 、W3 及W4 係氧原子為較佳。 在式(1)~(4)中,X1 、X2 、X3 、X4 及X5 分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的有機基團。關於X1 、X2 、X3 、X4 及X5 ,從合成上的制約的觀點考慮,分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數(碳原子數)1~12的烷基為較佳,分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基為更佳,甲基為進一步較佳。In formulas (1) to (4), W 1 , W 2 , W 3 and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH. W 1 , W 2 , W 3 and W 4 are preferably oxygen atoms. In formulas (1) to (4), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Regarding X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , from the viewpoint of synthesis constraints, it is preferable that each independently be a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (carbon atoms), respectively It is more preferable to independently be a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a methyl group is even more preferable.

在式(1)~(4)中,Y1 、Y2 、Y3 及Y4 分別獨立地表示二價的連結基,連結基的結構方面並無特別的限制。作為由Y1 、Y2 、Y3 及Y4 表示之二價的連結基,具體而言,可舉出下述(Y-1)~(Y-21)的連結基等。在以下所示之結構中,A及B分別表示與式(1)~(4)中的左末端基、右末端基的鍵結部位。在以下所示之結構中,從合成的簡便性考慮,(Y-2)或(Y-13)為更佳。In formulas (1) to (4), Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group, and there is no particular restriction on the structure of the linking group. Specific examples of the bivalent linking group represented by Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 include the following linking groups (Y-1) to (Y-21). In the structure shown below, A and B respectively represent the bonding site with the left end group and the right end group in formulas (1) to (4). Among the structures shown below, (Y-2) or (Y-13) is more preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.

[化學式5]

Figure 02_image013
Figure 02_image015
[Chemical formula 5]
Figure 02_image013
Figure 02_image015

在式(1)~(4)中,Z1 、Z2 、Z3 及Z4 分別獨立地表示一價的有機基團。有機基團的結構並無特別限制,具體而言,可舉出烷基、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷硫醚基、芳硫醚基、雜芳硫醚基及胺基等。其中,作為由Z1 、Z2 、Z3 及Z4 表示之有機基團,尤其從提高分散性的觀點考慮,具有立體排斥效果之基團為較佳,分別獨立地為碳數5~24的烷基或烷氧基為更佳,其中,尤其分別獨立地為碳數5~24的支鏈烷基、碳數5~24的環狀烷基、或碳數5~24的烷氧基為進一步較佳。另外,烷氧基中包含之烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀中的任一個。In formulas (1) to (4), Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. The structure of the organic group is not particularly limited. Specifically, it includes an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkyl sulfide group, an arylene sulfide group, and a heteroarylene sulfide group. And amino groups, etc. Among them, as the organic groups represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 , especially from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility, a group having a stereo-repelling effect is preferred, and each independently has a carbon number of 5 to 24 The alkyl group or alkoxy group of is more preferable, and among them, each independently is a branched alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbons, a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbons, or an alkoxy group having 5 to 24 carbons. It is further preferred. In addition, the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group may be any of linear, branched and cyclic.

在式(1)~(4)中,n、m、p及q分別獨立地為1~500的整數。 又,在式(1)及(2)中,j及k分別獨立地表示2~8的整數。從組成物的經時穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,式(1)及(2)中的j及k為4~6的整數為較佳,5為更佳。 又,在式(1)及(2)中,n及m為10以上的整數為較佳,20以上的整數為更佳。又,分散劑含有聚己內酯結構及聚戊內酯結構時,作為聚己內酯結構的重複數與聚戊內酯的重複數之和,10以上的整數為較佳,20以上的整數為更佳。In formulas (1) to (4), n, m, p, and q are each independently an integer of 1 to 500. In addition, in formulas (1) and (2), j and k each independently represent an integer of 2-8. From the viewpoint of the stability and developability of the composition over time, it is preferable that j and k in the formulas (1) and (2) are integers of 4 to 6, and 5 is more preferable. Moreover, in formulas (1) and (2), n and m are preferably integers of 10 or more, and more preferably integers of 20 or more. In addition, when the dispersant contains a polycaprolactone structure and a polyvalerolactone structure, as the sum of the number of repetitions of the polycaprolactone structure and the number of repetitions of the polyvalerolactone, an integer of 10 or more is preferred, and an integer of 20 or more For better.

在式(3)中,R3 表示支鏈狀或者直鏈狀的伸烷基,碳數1~10的伸烷基為較佳,碳數2或3的伸烷基為更佳。p為2~500時,存在複數個之R3 可相互相同亦可互不相同。 在式(4)中,R4 表示氫原子或一價的有機基團,該一價的結構並無特別限制。作為R4 ,氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜芳基為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。R4 為烷基時,作為烷基,碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基、碳數3~20的支鏈狀烷基或碳數5~20的環狀烷基為較佳,碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基為更佳,碳數1~6的直鏈狀烷基為進一步較佳。在式(4)中,q為2~500時,接枝共聚物中存在複數個之X5 及R4 可相互相同亦可互不相同。In the formula (3), R 3 represents a branched or linear alkylene group, and an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms is more preferred. When p is 2 to 500, there are a plurality of R 3 which may be the same or different from each other. In formula (4), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and the monovalent structure is not particularly limited. As R 4 , a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group is preferable, and a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is more preferable. When R 4 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbons, or a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbons. The linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 is more preferable, and the linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons is more preferable. In the formula (4), when q is 2 to 500, multiple X 5 and R 4 in the graft copolymer may be the same or different from each other.

又,高分子化合物可以含有2種以上的結構不同且含有接枝鏈之結構單元。亦即,高分子化合物的分子中可以包含結構互不相同之以式(1)~(4)表示之結構單元,又,式(1)~(4)中,n、m、p及q分別表示2以上的整數時,式(1)及式(2)中,可在側鏈中包含j及k互不相同之結構,式(3)及式(4)中,分子內存在複數個之R3 、R4 及X5 可相互相同亦可互不相同。In addition, the polymer compound may contain two or more structural units with different structures and a graft chain. That is, the molecules of the polymer compound may contain structural units represented by formulas (1) to (4) with different structures, and in formulas (1) to (4), n, m, p, and q are respectively When it represents an integer greater than or equal to 2, in formulas (1) and (2), structures with different j and k can be included in the side chain. In formulas (3) and (4), there are multiple R 3 , R 4 and X 5 may be the same or different from each other.

作為由式(1)表示之結構單元,從組成物的經時穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,由下述式(1A)表示之結構單元為更佳。 又,作為由式(2)表示之結構單元,從組成物的經時穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,由下述式(2A)表示之結構單元為更佳。As the structural unit represented by the formula (1), the structural unit represented by the following formula (1A) is more preferable from the viewpoint of the stability and developability of the composition over time. In addition, as the structural unit represented by the formula (2), the structural unit represented by the following formula (2A) is more preferable from the viewpoint of the stability and developability of the composition over time.

[化學式6]

Figure 02_image017
[Chemical formula 6]
Figure 02_image017

在式(1A)中,X1 、Y1 、Z1 及n與式(1)中的X1 、Y1 、Z1 及n的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。在式(2A)中,X2 、Y2 、Z2 及m與式(2)中的X2 、Y2 、Z2 及m的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。In the formula (1A), 1, Y 1 , Z 1 and n have the same meaning as X 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n of formula X (1) is, preferred ranges are also the same. In formula (2A), X 2, Y 2, Z 2 and X m in the formula (2) is 2, the Y 2, Z 2 and m have the same meaning and preferred ranges are also the same.

又,作為由式(3)表示之結構單元,從組成物的經時穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,以下述式(3A)或式(3B)表示之結構單元為更佳。In addition, as the structural unit represented by the formula (3), from the viewpoint of the temporal stability and developability of the composition, the structural unit represented by the following formula (3A) or formula (3B) is more preferable.

[化學式7]

Figure 02_image019
[Chemical formula 7]
Figure 02_image019

在式(3A)或(3B)中,X3 、Y3 、Z3 及p與式(3)中的X3 、Y3 、Z3 及p的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。In formula (3A) or (3B), 3, Y 3 , Z 3 and p have the same meaning of X 3, Y 3, Z 3 and p of formula X (3) is, preferred ranges are also the same.

作為含有接枝鏈之結構單元,高分子化合物含有由式(1A)表示之結構單元為更佳。As the structural unit containing the graft chain, it is more preferable that the polymer compound contains the structural unit represented by formula (1A).

在高分子化合物中,含有接枝鏈之結構單元(例如,由上述式(1)~(4)表示之結構單元)的含量以質量換算計,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,2~90質量%為較佳,5~30質量%為更佳。若在該範圍內包含含有接枝鏈之結構單元,則顏料的分散性高,形成硬化膜時的顯影性良好。In the polymer compound, the content of the structural unit containing the graft chain (for example, the structural unit represented by the above formula (1) to (4)) is calculated by mass conversion, relative to the total mass of the polymer compound, 2~90 The mass% is more preferable, and 5-30 mass% is more preferable. If the structural unit containing the graft chain is included in this range, the dispersibility of the pigment is high, and the developability when forming a cured film is good.

•疏水性結構單元 又,高分子化合物包含與含有接枝鏈之結構單元不同(亦即,並不相當於含有接枝鏈之結構單元)之疏水性結構單元為較佳。其中,在本發明中,疏水性結構單元係不含有酸基(例如,羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基、酚性羥基等)之結構單元。•Hydrophobic structural unit In addition, the polymer compound preferably contains a hydrophobic structural unit different from the structural unit containing the graft chain (that is, it is not equivalent to the structural unit containing the graft chain). Among them, in the present invention, the hydrophobic structural unit system does not contain structural units of acid groups (for example, carboxylic acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, phosphoric acid groups, phenolic hydroxyl groups, etc.).

疏水性結構單元係源自(對應)ClogP值為1.2以上的化合物(單體)之結構單元為較佳,源自ClogP值為1.2~8的化合物之結構單元為更佳。藉此,能夠更確實地顯現本發明的效果。The hydrophobic structural unit is preferably derived from (corresponding to) the structural unit of a compound (monomer) having a ClogP value of 1.2 or more, and the structural unit derived from a compound having a ClogP value of 1.2 to 8 is more preferable. Thereby, the effect of the present invention can be more reliably expressed.

ClogP值係藉由能夠從Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc,獲得之程序“CLOGP”計算之值。該程序提供藉由Hansch, Leo的fragmentapproach(參考下述文獻)計算出之“計算logP”的值。片段法(fragment approach)依據化合物的化學結構,將化學結構分割為部分結構(片段),總計分配於該片段之logP貢獻量,藉此推算化合物的logP值。其詳細內容記載於以下文獻中。在本說明書中,使用藉由程序CLOGP v4.82計算出之ClogP值。 A. J. Leo, Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol.4, C. Hansch, P. G. Sammnens, J. B. Taylor and C. A. Ramsden, Eds., p.295, Pergamon Press, 1990 C. Hansch & A. J. Leo. SUbstituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology. John Wiley & Sons. A.J. Leo. Calculating logPoct from structure. Chem. Rev., 93, 1281-1306, 1993。The ClogP value is the value calculated by the program "CLOGP" available from Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc. This program provides the value of "calculated logP" calculated by Hansch, Leo's fragment approach (refer to the following documents). The fragment approach divides the chemical structure into partial structures (fragments) based on the chemical structure of the compound, and totals the logP contribution allocated to the fragment, thereby inferring the logP value of the compound. The details are described in the following documents. In this manual, the ClogP value calculated by the program CLOGP v4.82 is used. AJ Leo, Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 4, C. Hansch, PG Sammnens, JB Taylor and CA Ramsden, Eds., p. 295, Pergamon Press, 1990 C. Hansch & AJ Leo. SUbstituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology. John Wiley & Sons. AJ Leo. Calculating logPoct from structure. Chem. Rev., 93, 1281-1306, 1993.

logP表示分配係數P(Partition Coefficient)的常用對數,係以定量的數值表示在油(通常為1-辛醇)與水的2相系平衡中如何分配某一有機化合物之物性值,由以下式表示。 logP=log(Coil/Cwater) 式中,Coil表示油相中的化合物的莫耳濃度,Cwater表示水相中的化合物的莫耳濃度。 若logP的值以0為基準,正向(plus)增大,則油溶性增加,若絕對值負向(minus)增大,則水溶性增加,與有機化合物的水溶性有負相關,作為預估有機化合物的親疏水性之參數而廣泛利用。logP represents the common logarithm of the partition coefficient P (Partition Coefficient), which is a quantitative value to indicate how to distribute the physical property value of an organic compound in the two-phase equilibrium of oil (usually 1-octanol) and water, by the following formula Said. logP=log(Coil/Cwater) In the formula, Coil represents the molar concentration of the compound in the oil phase, and Cwater represents the molar concentration of the compound in the water phase. If the value of logP is based on 0, the positive direction (plus) increases, the oil solubility increases, if the absolute value negative direction (minus) increases, the water solubility increases, which is negatively correlated with the water solubility of organic compounds. It is widely used to estimate the hydrophilic and hydrophobic parameters of organic compounds.

高分子化合物作為疏水性結構單元,含有選自源自由下述式(i)~(iii)表示之單體的結構單元之1種以上的結構單元為較佳。As the hydrophobic structural unit, the polymer compound preferably contains one or more structural units selected from structural units derived from monomers represented by the following formulas (i) to (iii).

[化學式8]

Figure 02_image021
Figure 02_image023
[Chemical formula 8]
Figure 02_image021
Figure 02_image023

在上述式(i)~(iii)中,R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)或碳數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)。 R1 、R2 及R3 係氫原子或碳數1~3的烷基為較佳,氫原子或甲基為更佳。R2 及R3 係氫原子為進一步較佳。 X表示氧原子(-O-)或亞胺基(-NH-),氧原子為較佳。In the above formulas (i) to (iii), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.) or a carbon number of 1 to 6 Alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.). R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 2 and R 3 are more preferably hydrogen atoms. X represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or an imino group (-NH-), and an oxygen atom is preferred.

L係單鍵或二價的連結基。作為二價的連結基,可舉出二價的脂肪族基(例如,伸烷基、經取代伸烷基、伸烯基、經取代伸烯基、伸炔基、取代伸炔基)、二價的芳香族基(例如,伸芳基、經取代伸芳基)、二價的雜環基、氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、經取代亞胺基(-NR31 -,其中,R31 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、羰基(-CO-)及該等的組合等。L is a single bond or a divalent linking group. As the divalent linking group, a divalent aliphatic group (for example, alkylene group, substituted alkylene group, alkenylene group, substituted alkenylene group, alkynylene group, substituted alkynylene group), two Valence aromatic group (for example, aryl group, substituted arylene group), divalent heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (-O-), sulfur atom (-S-), imino group (-NH-) , Substituted imino group (-NR 31 -, where R 31 is an aliphatic group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), carbonyl group (-CO-), and combinations thereof.

二價的脂肪族基可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。脂肪族基可以為不飽和脂肪族基,亦可以為飽和脂肪族基,但飽和脂肪族基為較佳。又,脂肪族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、芳香族基及雜環基等。The divalent aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The carbon number of the aliphatic group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-10. The aliphatic group may be an unsaturated aliphatic group or a saturated aliphatic group, but a saturated aliphatic group is preferred. In addition, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, aromatic groups, heterocyclic groups, and the like.

二價的芳香族基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。又,芳香族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基等。The carbon number of the divalent aromatic group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and still more preferably 6-10. In addition, the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, aliphatic groups, aromatic groups, and heterocyclic groups.

二價的雜環基作為雜環含有5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環上可縮合有其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環。又,雜環基可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可舉出鹵原子、羥基、氧代基(=O)、硫代基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、經取代亞胺基(=N-R32 ,其中,R32 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。The divalent heterocyclic group preferably contains a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring as a heterocyclic ring. The heterocyclic ring may be condensed with other heterocyclic rings, aliphatic rings or aromatic rings. In addition, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups (=O), thio groups (=S), imino groups (=NH), and substituted imino groups (=NR 32 , in which, R 32 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.

L係單鍵、伸烷基或含有氧化烯結構之二價的連結基為較佳。氧化烯結構係氧乙烯結構或氧丙烯結構為更佳。又,L可以含有重複包含2個以上的氧化烯結構之聚氧化烯結構。作為聚氧化烯結構,聚氧乙烯結構或聚氧丙烯結構為較佳。聚氧乙烯結構由-(OCH2 CH2 )n-表示,n為2以上的整數為較佳,2~10的整數為更佳。L-based single bond, alkylene group or divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure is preferable. The alkylene oxide structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure. In addition, L may contain a polyoxyalkylene structure including two or more alkylene oxide structures repeatedly. As the polyoxyalkylene structure, a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure is preferable. The polyoxyethylene structure is represented by -(OCH 2 CH 2 )n-, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 2-10.

作為Z,可舉出脂肪族基(例如,烷基、經取代烷基、不飽和烷基及經取代不飽和烷基)、芳香族基(例如,芳基、經取代芳基、伸芳基、經取代伸芳基)、雜環基及該等的組合。該等基團中可包含氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、經取代亞胺基(-NR31 -、其中,R31 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)或羰基(-CO-)。Examples of Z include aliphatic groups (for example, alkyl groups, substituted alkyl groups, unsaturated alkyl groups, and substituted unsaturated alkyl groups), aromatic groups (for example, aryl groups, substituted aryl groups, and arylene groups). , Substituted aryl group), heterocyclic group and combinations thereof. These groups may contain oxygen atoms (-O-), sulfur atoms (-S-), imino groups (-NH-), substituted imino groups (-NR 31 -, where R 31 is aliphatic Group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group) or carbonyl group (-CO-).

脂肪族基可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。脂肪族基中還包含聚環烴基、交聯環式烴基,作為環集合烴基的例子,包含雙環己基、全氫萘基、聯苯基及4-環己基苯基等。作為交聯環式烴環,例如,可舉出:蒎烷(pinane)、莰烷(bornane)、降蒎烷(norpinane)、降莰烷(norbornane)、雙環辛烷環(雙環[2.2.2]辛烷環、雙環[3.2.1]辛烷環等)等2環式烴環;高佈雷烷(homobledane)、金剛烷、三環[5.2.1.02,6 ]癸烷、三環[4.3.1.12,5 ]十一烷環等3環式烴環;四環[4.4.0.12,5 .17,10 ]十二烷及全氫-1,4-亞甲基-5,8-亞甲基萘環等4環式烴環等。又,交聯環式烴環中還包含稠環式烴環,例如,全氫萘(十氫萘)、全氫蒽、全氫菲、全氫苊、全氫芴、全氫茚及全氫葩環等稠合有複數個5~8員環烷烴環之稠環。 與不飽和脂肪族基相比,脂肪族基係飽和脂肪族基為較佳。又,脂肪族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,作為取代基,脂肪族基不具有酸基。The aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The carbon number of the aliphatic group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-10. The aliphatic group also includes a polycyclic hydrocarbon group and a cross-linked cyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include bicyclohexyl, perhydronaphthyl, biphenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, and the like. As the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring, for example, pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo[2.2.2 ]Octane ring, bicyclic [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.) and other 2-cyclic hydrocarbon rings; homobredane, adamantane, tricyclic [5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane, tricyclic [4.3 .1.1 3 cyclic hydrocarbon rings such as 2,5 ]undecane ring; tetracyclic [4.4.0.1 2,5 .1 7,10 ]dodecane and perhydro-1,4-methylene-5,8 -4-cyclic hydrocarbon rings such as methylene naphthalene ring, etc. In addition, the cross-linked cyclic hydrocarbon ring also includes a fused-ring hydrocarbon ring, for example, perhydronaphthalene (decahydronaphthalene), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, and perhydronaphthalene. A fused ring in which a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings are fused together, such as a bi-ring. Compared with unsaturated aliphatic groups, aliphatic groups are preferably saturated aliphatic groups. In addition, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include halogen atoms, aromatic groups and heterocyclic groups. Among them, the aliphatic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.

芳香族基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。又,芳香族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,作為取代基,芳香族基不具有酸基。The carbon number of the aromatic group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and still more preferably 6-10. In addition, the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, aliphatic groups, aromatic groups, and heterocyclic groups. Among them, as a substituent, the aromatic group does not have an acid group.

雜環基作為雜環含有5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環上可縮合有其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環。又,雜環基可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可舉出鹵原子、羥基、氧代基(=O)、硫代基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、經取代亞胺基(=N-R32 ,其中,R32 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,作為取代基,雜環基不具有酸基。The heterocyclic group preferably contains a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring as a heterocyclic ring. The heterocyclic ring may be condensed with other heterocyclic rings, aliphatic rings or aromatic rings. In addition, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups (=O), thio groups (=S), imino groups (=NH), and substituted imino groups (=NR 32 , in which, R 32 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group. However, as a substituent, the heterocyclic group does not have an acid group.

在上述式(iii)中,R4 、R5 及R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、碳數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)、Z或L-Z。其中,L及Z與上述基團的含義相同。作為R4 、R5 及R6 ,氫原子或碳數為1~3的烷基為較佳,氫原子為更佳。In the above formula (iii), R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.), an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (for example , Methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.), Z or LZ. Among them, L and Z have the same meanings as the above groups. As R 4 , R 5 and R 6 , a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.

作為由上述式(i)表示之單體,R1 、R2 及R3 為氫原子或甲基、L為單鍵或伸烷基或者包含氧化烯結構之二價的連結基、X為氧原子或亞胺基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基之化合物為較佳。 又,作為由上述式(ii)表示之單體,R1 為氫原子或甲基、L為伸烷基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基之化合物為較佳。又,作為由上述式(iii)表示之單體,R4 、R5 及R6 為氫原子或甲基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基之化合物為較佳。As the monomer represented by the above formula (i), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are hydrogen atoms or methyl groups, L is a single bond or an alkylene group or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure, and X is oxygen A compound having an atom or an imino group, and Z being an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group or an aromatic group is preferred. Moreover, as the monomer represented by the above formula (ii), a compound in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L is an alkylene group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group, or an aromatic group is preferable. In addition, as the monomer represented by the above formula (iii), compounds in which R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen atoms or methyl groups, and Z is an aliphatic group, heterocyclic group or aromatic group are preferred.

作為由式(i)~(iii)表示之代表性化合物的例子,可舉出選自丙烯酸酯類、甲基丙烯酸酯類及苯乙烯類等之自由基聚合性化合物。 另外,作為由式(i)~(iii)表示之代表性化合物的例子,能夠參考日本特開2013-249417號公報的段落0089~0093中記載之化合物,該等內容引入本說明書中。Examples of representative compounds represented by formulas (i) to (iii) include radically polymerizable compounds selected from acrylic esters, methacrylic esters, and styrenes. In addition, as examples of representative compounds represented by formulas (i) to (iii), reference can be made to the compounds described in paragraphs 0089 to 0093 of JP 2013-249417 A, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

在高分子化合物中,以質量換算計,疏水性結構單元的含量相對於高分子化合物的總質量,10~90質量%為較佳,20~80質量%為更佳。含量在上述範圍內的情況下可充分形成圖案。In the polymer compound, in terms of mass conversion, the content of the hydrophobic structural unit relative to the total mass of the polymer compound is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, and more preferably 20 to 80% by mass. When the content is within the above range, a pattern can be sufficiently formed.

•能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基 高分子化合物能夠導入能夠與顏料等(例如黑色顏料)形成相互作用之官能基。其中,高分子化合物還包含含有能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基之結構單元為較佳。 作為能夠與該顏料等形成相互作用之官能基,例如可舉出酸基、鹼基、配位性基及具有反應性之官能基等。 高分子化合物具有酸基、鹼基、配位性基或具有反應性之官能基時,分別含有具有酸基之結構單元、具有鹼基之結構單元、具有配位性基之結構單元或具有反應性之結構單元為較佳。 尤其,若高分子化合物進一步含有羧酸基等鹼可溶性基作為酸基,則能夠對高分子化合物賦予用於基於鹼顯影之圖案形成的顯影性。 亦即,若對高分子化合物導入鹼可溶性基,則上述組成物中,作為有助於顏料等的分散之分散樹脂的高分子化合物含有鹼可溶性。關於含有此類高分子化合物之組成物,經曝光形成之黑色層的遮光性優異,且未曝光部的鹼顯影性得到提高。 又,若高分子化合物包含含有酸基之結構單元,則高分子化合物具有易與溶劑相溶且塗佈性亦得到提高之傾向。 推測這是因為,含有酸基之結構單元中的酸基易與顏料等相互作用,高分子化合物使顏料等穩定地分散,並且使顏料等分散之高分子化合物的黏度變低,高分子化合物本身亦容易穩定地分散。•Functional groups that can interact with pigments, etc. The polymer compound can introduce functional groups that can interact with pigments and the like (for example, black pigments). Among them, the polymer compound preferably further includes a structural unit containing a functional group capable of forming an interaction with a pigment or the like. Examples of the functional group capable of forming an interaction with the pigment or the like include acid groups, base groups, coordinating groups, and reactive functional groups. When the polymer compound has an acid group, a base, a coordination group or a reactive functional group, it contains a structural unit with an acid group, a structural unit with a base, a structural unit with a coordination group, or a reactive The structural unit of sex is preferred. In particular, when the polymer compound further contains an alkali-soluble group such as a carboxylic acid group as an acid group, the polymer compound can be provided with developability for pattern formation by alkali development. That is, when an alkali-soluble group is introduced into the polymer compound, the polymer compound as a dispersion resin that contributes to the dispersion of pigments and the like in the above-mentioned composition contains alkali-solubility. Regarding the composition containing such a polymer compound, the black layer formed by exposure has excellent light-shielding properties, and the alkali developability of the unexposed portion is improved. In addition, if the polymer compound contains a structural unit containing an acid group, the polymer compound tends to be easily compatible with the solvent and the coating properties are also improved. It is presumed that this is because the acid group in the structural unit containing the acid group easily interacts with the pigment, etc., the polymer compound makes the pigment etc. stably dispersed, and the viscosity of the dispersed polymer compound of the pigment etc. becomes low, and the polymer compound itself It is also easy to disperse stably.

其中,含有作為酸基的鹼可溶性基之結構單元可以為與上述含有接枝鏈之結構單元相同的結構單元,亦可以為不同的結構單元,但含有作為酸基的鹼可溶性基之結構單元係與上述疏水性結構單元不同的結構單元(亦即,並不相當於上述疏水性結構單元)。Among them, the structural unit containing the alkali-soluble group as an acid group may be the same structural unit as the above-mentioned graft chain-containing structural unit, or a different structural unit, but a structural unit system containing an alkali-soluble group as an acid group A structural unit different from the aforementioned hydrophobic structural unit (that is, it does not correspond to the aforementioned hydrophobic structural unit).

作為能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基的酸基,例如有羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基及酚性羥基等,羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基中的至少1種為較佳,羧酸基為更佳。羧酸基對顏料等的吸附力良好,且分散性高。 亦即,高分子化合物還包含含有羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基中的至少1種之結構單元為較佳。As an acid group capable of forming a functional group that interacts with pigments, for example, there are carboxylic acid group, sulfonic acid group, phosphoric acid group and phenolic hydroxyl group. At least one of carboxylic acid group, sulfonic acid group and phosphoric acid group is more Preferably, the carboxylic acid group is more preferable. The carboxylic acid group has good adsorption power for pigments and the like, and has high dispersibility. That is, the polymer compound preferably further includes a structural unit containing at least one of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group.

高分子化合物可具有1種或2種以上的含有酸基之結構單元。 高分子化合物可以包含或不包含含有酸基之結構單元,但含有時,含有酸基之結構單元的含量相對於高分子化合物的總質量為5~80質量%為較佳,從抑制基於鹼顯影之圖像強度的損傷的觀點考慮,10~60質量%為更佳。The polymer compound may have one or more structural units containing acid groups. The polymer compound may or may not contain the structural unit containing the acid group, but when it is contained, the content of the structural unit containing the acid group is preferably 5 to 80% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer compound. From the viewpoint of image intensity damage, 10-60% by mass is more preferable.

作為能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基的鹼基,例如有一級胺基、二級胺基、三級胺基、含有N原子之雜環及醯胺基等,從對顏料等的吸附力良好,且分散性高的觀點考慮,較佳之鹼基為三級胺基。高分子化合物能夠含有1種或2種以上的該等鹼基。 高分子化合物可包含或不包含含有鹼基之結構單元,但含有時,含有鹼基之結構單元的含量以質量換算計,相對於高分子化合物的總質量為0.01~50質量%為較佳,從抑制阻礙顯影性之觀點考慮,0.01~30質量%為更佳。As the bases that can form functional groups that interact with pigments, for example, there are primary amine groups, secondary amine groups, tertiary amine groups, heterocycles containing N atoms, and amide groups. From the viewpoint of good and high dispersibility, the preferred base is a tertiary amino group. The polymer compound can contain one or more of these bases. The polymer compound may or may not contain the structural unit containing the base, but when it contains, the content of the structural unit containing the base is calculated by mass conversion, and is preferably 0.01-50% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer compound. From the viewpoint of suppressing the hindrance of developability, 0.01 to 30% by mass is more preferable.

作為能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基的配位性基及具有反應性之官能基,例如可舉出乙醯乙醯氧基、三烷氧基甲矽烷基、異氰酸酯基、酸酐及醯氯等。從對顏料等的吸附力良好,且顏料等的分散性高的觀點考慮,較佳之官能基為乙醯基乙醯氧基。高分子化合物可具有1種或2種以上的該等基團。 高分子化合物可包含或不包含含有配位性基之結構單元或含有具有反應性之官能基之結構單元,但含有時,該等結構單元的含量以質量換算計,相對於高分子化合物的總質量為10~80質量%為較佳,從抑制阻礙顯影性的觀點考慮,20~60質量%為更佳。Coordinating groups and reactive functional groups that can form functional groups that interact with pigments and the like include, for example, acetylacetoxy groups, trialkoxysilyl groups, isocyanate groups, acid anhydrides, and chlorinated groups. Wait. From the viewpoints of good adsorption to pigments and the like and high dispersibility of the pigments and the like, the preferred functional group is acetylacetoxy. The polymer compound may have one or more of these groups. The polymer compound may or may not include structural units containing coordination groups or structural units containing reactive functional groups, but when it contains, the content of these structural units is calculated by mass, relative to the total polymer compound The mass is preferably 10 to 80% by mass, and from the viewpoint of inhibiting the developmental property from being inhibited, 20 to 60% by mass is more preferable.

上述高分子化合物除了接枝鏈以外還含有能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基時,含有上述各種能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基即可,並不特別限定該等官能基如何被導入,但高分子化合物含有選自源自由下述式(iv)~(vi)表示之單體的結構單元之1種以上的結構單元為較佳。When the above-mentioned polymer compound contains functional groups capable of interacting with pigments in addition to the graft chain, it is sufficient to contain the above-mentioned various functional groups capable of interacting with pigments, etc., and there is no particular limitation on how these functional groups are introduced. However, the polymer compound preferably contains one or more structural units selected from structural units derived from monomers represented by the following formulas (iv) to (vi).

[化學式9]

Figure 02_image025
[Chemical formula 9]
Figure 02_image025

在式(iv)~(vi)中,R11 、R12 及R13 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子及溴原子等)或碳數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)。 在式(iv)~(vi)中,作為R11 、R12 及R13 ,氫原子或碳數1~3的烷基為較佳,氫原子或甲基為更佳。在通式(iv)中,作為R12 及R13 ,氫原子為進一步較佳。In formulas (iv) to (vi), R 11 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom, etc.) or an alkane having 1 to 6 carbon atoms Group (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.). In formulas (iv) to (vi), as R 11 , R 12 and R 13 , a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is more preferable. In the general formula (iv), as R 12 and R 13 , a hydrogen atom is more preferable.

式(iv)中的X1 表示氧原子(-O-)或亞胺基(-NH-),氧原子為較佳。 又,式(v)中的Y表示次甲基或氮原子。X 1 in the formula (iv) represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or an imino group (-NH-), and an oxygen atom is preferred. In addition, Y in formula (v) represents a methine group or a nitrogen atom.

又,式(iv)~(v)中的L1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基。二價的連結基的定義與由上述式(i)中的L表示之二價的連結基的定義相同。Moreover, L 1 in formulas (iv) to (v) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The definition of the divalent linking group is the same as the definition of the divalent linking group represented by L in the above formula (i).

L1 係單鍵、伸烷基或含有氧化烯結構之二價的連結基為較佳。氧化烯結構係氧乙烯結構或氧丙烯結構為更佳。又,L1 可包含重複包含2個以上的氧化烯結構之聚氧化烯結構。作為聚氧化烯結構,聚氧乙烯結構或聚氧丙烯結構為較佳。聚氧乙烯結構由-(OCH2 CH2 )n-表示,n為2以上的整數為較佳,2~10的整數為更佳。L 1 is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure. The alkylene oxide structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure. In addition, L 1 may include a polyoxyalkylene structure repeatedly including two or more alkylene oxide structures. As the polyoxyalkylene structure, a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure is preferable. The polyoxyethylene structure is represented by -(OCH 2 CH 2 )n-, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 2-10.

在式(iv)~(vi)中,Z1 除了接枝鏈以外還表示能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基,羧酸基或三級胺基為較佳,羧酸為更佳。In formulas (iv) to (vi), Z 1 in addition to the graft chain also represents a functional group capable of forming an interaction with pigments, etc. A carboxylic acid group or a tertiary amine group is preferred, and a carboxylic acid is more preferred.

在式(vi)中,R14 、R15 及R16 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子及溴原子等)、碳數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基及丙基等)、-Z1 或L1 -Z1 。其中,L1 及Z1 與上述L1 及Z1 的含義相同,較佳例亦相同。作為R14 、R15 及R16 ,氫原子或碳數為1~3的烷基為較佳,氫原子為更佳。In formula (vi), R 14 , R 15 and R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.), an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl and propyl, etc.), - Z 1 or L 1 -Z 1. Wherein, L 1 and Z 1 have the same meaning as the above-mentioned L 1 and Z 1 , and preferred examples are also the same. As R 14 , R 15 and R 16 , a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.

作為由式(iv)表示之單體,R11 、R12 及R13 分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基,L1 為伸烷基或含有氧化烯結構之二價的連結基,X1 為氧原子或亞胺基,Z1 為羧酸基之化合物為較佳。 又,作為由式(v)表示之單體,R11 為氫原子或甲基,L1 為伸烷基,Z1 為羧酸基,Y為次甲基之化合物為較佳。 進而,作為由式(vi)表示之單體,R14 、R15 及R16 分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基,L1 為單鍵或伸烷基,Z1 為羧酸基之化合物為較佳。As a monomer represented by formula (iv), R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is an alkylene group or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure, and X 1 is The oxygen atom or imino group is preferably a compound in which Z 1 is a carboxylic acid group. In addition, as the monomer represented by the formula (v), a compound in which R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is an alkylene group, Z 1 is a carboxylic acid group, and Y is a methine group is preferred. Furthermore, as the monomer represented by formula (vi), R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is a single bond or an alkylene group, and Z 1 is a carboxylic acid group. Better.

以下示出由式(iv)~(vi)表示之單體(化合物)的代表例。 作為單體的例子,可舉出甲基丙烯酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、分子內含有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙基)與琥珀酸酐的反應物、分子內含有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物與鄰苯二甲酸酐的反應物、分子內含有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物與四羥基鄰苯二甲酸酐的反應物、分子內含有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物與偏苯三酸酐的反應物、分子內含有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物與均苯四甲酸酐的反應物、丙烯酸、丙烯酸二聚物、丙烯酸寡聚物、順丁烯二酸、伊康酸、反丁烯二酸、4-乙烯基安息香酸、乙烯基苯酚及4-羥基苯甲基丙烯醯等。The following shows representative examples of monomers (compounds) represented by formulas (iv) to (vi). Examples of monomers include the reaction of methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, compounds containing addition polymerizable double bonds and hydroxyl groups in the molecule (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) and succinic anhydride The reaction product of a compound containing an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule and phthalic anhydride, a reaction product of a compound containing an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule and tetrahydroxyphthalic anhydride, A reaction product of a compound containing an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group and trimellitic anhydride, a reaction product of a compound containing an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group and pyromellitic anhydride, acrylic acid, acrylic acid dimer, acrylic acid Oligomers, maleic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, 4-vinyl benzoic acid, vinyl phenol and 4-hydroxybenzyl acrylate, etc.

從與顏料等的相互作用、經時穩定性及對顯影液的滲透性的觀點考慮,以質量換算計,含有能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基之結構單元的含量相對於高分子化合物的總質量為0.05~90質量%為較佳,1.0~80質量%為更佳,10~70質量%為進一步較佳。From the viewpoint of interaction with pigments, etc., stability over time, and permeability to developing solutions, in terms of mass conversion, the content of structural units containing functional groups capable of interacting with pigments is relative to that of polymer compounds. The total mass is preferably from 0.05 to 90% by mass, more preferably from 1.0 to 80% by mass, and even more preferably from 10 to 70% by mass.

•其他結構單元 進而,以提高圖像強度等各種性能為目的,高分子化合物可在無損本發明的效果之前提下,進一步具有含有接枝鏈之結構單元、疏水性結構單元及與含有能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基之結構單元不同的具有各種功能之其他結構單元(例如,含有對後述溶劑具有親和性之官能基等之結構單元)。 作為該種其他結構單元,例如可舉出源自選自丙烯腈類及甲基丙烯腈類等之自由基聚合性化合物的結構單元。 高分子化合物能夠使用1種或2種以上的該等其他結構單元,其含量以質量換算計,相對於高分子化合物的總質量為0~80質量%為較佳,10~60質量%為更佳。含量在上述範圍內可維持充分的圖案形成性。•Other structural units Furthermore, for the purpose of improving various properties such as image strength, the polymer compound can be further provided with a structural unit containing a graft chain, a hydrophobic structural unit, and a structure capable of forming interaction with pigments, etc., without compromising the effect of the present invention. Other structural units with various functions that have different structural units of functional functional groups (for example, structural units containing functional groups that have affinity for the solvent described below). Examples of such other structural units include structural units derived from radically polymerizable compounds selected from acrylonitriles and methacrylonitriles. The polymer compound can use one or more of these other structural units, and the content is calculated by mass conversion. It is preferably 0~80% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer compound, and more preferably 10~60% by mass. good. The content can maintain sufficient pattern formability within the above range.

•高分子化合物的物性 高分子化合物的酸值為0~250mgKOH/g為較佳,10~200mgKOH/g為更佳,30~180mgKOH/g為進一步較佳,70~120mgKOH/g的範圍為特佳。 若高分子化合物的酸值在160mgKOH/g以下,則可更有效地抑制形成硬化膜時的顯影中的圖案剝離。又,若高分子化合物的酸值為10mgKOH/g以上,則鹼顯影性更加良好。又,高分子化合物的酸值為20mgKOH/g以上,則能夠更加抑制顏料等的沉降,能夠更加減少粗大粒子數,並能夠進一步提高組成物的經時穩定性。• Physical properties of polymer compounds The acid value of the polymer compound is preferably 0 to 250 mgKOH/g, more preferably 10 to 200 mgKOH/g, more preferably 30 to 180 mgKOH/g, and particularly preferably in the range of 70 to 120 mgKOH/g. If the acid value of the polymer compound is 160 mgKOH/g or less, it is possible to more effectively suppress pattern peeling during development when the cured film is formed. In addition, when the acid value of the polymer compound is 10 mgKOH/g or more, the alkali developability is more favorable. In addition, when the acid value of the polymer compound is 20 mgKOH/g or more, the sedimentation of pigments and the like can be further suppressed, the number of coarse particles can be further reduced, and the temporal stability of the composition can be further improved.

在本說明書中,例如能夠從化合物中的酸基的平均含量算出酸值。又,若改變樹脂的構成成分亦即含有酸基之結構單元的含量,則可獲得具有所需酸值之樹脂。In this specification, for example, the acid value can be calculated from the average content of acid groups in the compound. In addition, if the constituent components of the resin, that is, the content of structural units containing acid groups, are changed, a resin having a desired acid value can be obtained.

高分子化合物的重量平均分子量為4,000~300,000為較佳,5,000~200,000為更佳,6,000~100,000為進一步較佳,10,000~50,000為特佳。 高分子化合物能夠依據公知的方法合成。The weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound is preferably 4,000 to 300,000, more preferably 5,000 to 200,000, more preferably 6,000 to 100,000, and particularly preferably 10,000 to 50,000. The polymer compound can be synthesized according to a known method.

作為高分子化合物的具體例,可舉出Kusumoto Chemicals, LTD.製“DA-7301”、BYKChemie公司製造“Disperbyk-101(聚醯胺胺磷酸鹽)、107(羧酸酯)、110(含有酸基之共聚物)、111(磷酸系分散劑)、130(聚醯胺)、161、162、163、164、165、166、170、190(高分子共聚物)”、“BYK-P104、P105(高分子量不飽和聚羧酸)”、EFKA公司製造“EFKA4047、4050~4010~4165(聚胺基甲酸酯系)、EFKA4330~4340(嵌段共聚物)、4400~4402(改質聚丙烯酸酯)、5010(聚醯胺酯)、5765(高分子量聚羧酸鹽)、6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、6745(酞菁衍生物)、6750(偶氮顏料衍生物)”、Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc.製“AJISPER PB821、PB822、PB880、PB881”、KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.製“FLOREN TG-710(胺基甲酸酯低聚物)”、“Polyflow No.50E、No.300(丙烯酸系共聚物)”、Kusumoto Chemicals, LTD.製“DISPARLON KS-860、873SN、874、#2150(脂肪族多元羧酸)、#7004(聚醚酯)、DA-703-50、DA-705、DA-725”、Kao Corporation製造“DEMOL RN、N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、MS、C、SN-B(芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)”、“HOMOGENOL L-18(高分子聚羧酸)”、“EMULGEN 920、930、935、985(聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚)”、“ACETAMIN 86(硬脂胺醋酸鹽)”、The Lubrinzol corporation製造“SOLSPERSE 5000(酞菁衍生物)、22000(偶氮顏料衍生物)、13240(聚酯胺)、3000、12000、17000、20000、27000(在末端部含有功能部之高分子)、24000、28000、32000、38500(接枝共聚物)”、Nikkol Chemicals CO., LTD.製“Nikkor T106(聚氧乙烯山梨醇單油酸酯)、MYS-IEX(聚氧乙烯單硬脂酸酯)”、Kawaken Fine Chemicals CO., LTD.製HINOAKUTO T-8000E等、Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD.製聚有機基團矽氧烷聚合物KP-341、Yusho Co Ltd製造“W001:陽離子系界面活性劑”、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨醇脂肪酸酯等非離子系界面活性劑、“W004、W005、W017”等陰離子系界面活性劑、MORISHITA&CO., LTD.製“EFKA-46、EFKA-47、EFKA-47EA、EFKA聚合物100、EFKA聚合物400、EFKA聚合物401、EFKA聚合物450”、SAN NOPCO LIMITED製造“Disperse Aid 6、Disperse Aid 8、Disperse Aid 15、Disperse Aid 9100”等高分子分散劑、ADEKA CORPORATION製造“Adeka Pluronic L31、F38、L42、L44、L61、L64、F68、L72、P95、F77、P84、F87、P94、L101、P103、F108、L121、P-123”及Sanyo Chemical Industries, LTD.製“Ionet(商品名)S-20”等。又,亦能夠使用Acrybase FFS-6752及Acrybase FFS-187。Specific examples of polymer compounds include "DA-7301" manufactured by Kusumoto Chemicals, LTD., "Disperbyk-101 (polyamide phosphate), 107 (carboxylate), 110 (containing acid) manufactured by BYKChemie Base copolymer), 111 (phosphate-based dispersant), 130 (polyamide), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170, 190 (polymer copolymer)", "BYK-P104, P105 (High molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid)", "EFKA4047, 4050-4010-4165 (polyurethane series), EFKA 4330-4340 (block copolymer), 4400-4402 (modified polyacrylic acid) manufactured by EFKA Ester), 5010 (polyamide ester), 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), 6220 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), 6750 (azo pigment derivative)", Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc. "AJISPER PB821, PB822, PB880, PB881", KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD. "FLOREN TG-710 (urethane oligomer)", "Polyflow No.50E, No. 300 (acrylic copolymer)", Kusumoto Chemicals, LTD. "DISPARLON KS-860, 873SN, 874, #2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), #7004 (polyether ester), DA-703-50, DA -705, DA-725", Kao Corporation "DEMOL RN, N (formalin naphthalenesulfonate condensation polymer), MS, C, SN-B (aromatic sulfonate formalin condensation polymer)", "HOMOGENOL L-18 (Polymer polycarboxylic acid)", "EMULGEN 920, 930, 935, 985 (polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether)", "ACETAMIN 86 (stearyl amine acetate)", "SOLSPERSE 5000 (manufactured by The Lubrinzol corporation) Phthalocyanine derivatives), 22000 (azo pigment derivatives), 13240 (polyester amine), 3000, 12000, 17000, 20000, 27000 (polymers with functional parts at the end), 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500 (Graft copolymer)", "Nikkor T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylene monostearate)" manufactured by Nikkol Chemicals CO., LTD., Kawaken Fine Chemical s HINOAKUTO T-8000E manufactured by CO., LTD., polyorganosiloxane polymer KP-341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., "W001: Cationic Surfactant" manufactured by Yusho Co Ltd, Polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene Nonionic surfactants such as glycol distearate and sorbitan fatty acid esters, anionic surfactants such as "W004, W005, and W017", "EFKA-46, EFKA-47 manufactured by MORISHITA & CO., LTD. , EFKA-47EA, EFKA polymer 100, EFKA polymer 400, EFKA polymer 401, EFKA polymer 450", "Disperse Aid 6, Disperse Aid 8, Disperse Aid 15, Disperse Aid 9100" and other polymers manufactured by SAN NOPCO LIMITED Dispersant, "Adeka Pluronic L31, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77, P84, F87, P94, L101, P103, F108, L121, P-123" manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION and Sanyo Chemical "Ionet (trade name) S-20" manufactured by Industries, LTD., etc. In addition, Acrybase FFS-6752 and Acrybase FFS-187 can also be used.

又,使用含有酸基及鹼基之兩性樹脂亦較佳。兩性樹脂係酸值為5mgKOH/g以上,且胺價為5mgKOH/g以上的樹脂為較佳。 作為兩性樹脂的市售品,例如可舉出BYK-Chemie GmbH製DISPERBYK-130、DISPERBYK-140、DISPERBYK-142、DISPERBYK-145、DISPERBYK-180、DISPERBYK-187、DISPERBYK-191、DISPERBYK-2001、DISPERBYK-2010、DISPERBYK-2012、DISPERBYK-2025、BYK-9076、Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co.,Inc.製AJISPER PB821、AJISPER PB822及AJISPER PB881等。 該等高分子化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。Moreover, it is also preferable to use an amphoteric resin containing acid groups and bases. Amphoteric resin resins having an acid value of 5 mgKOH/g or more and an amine value of 5 mgKOH/g or more are preferred. As commercial products of amphoteric resins, for example, DISPERBYK-130, DISPERBYK-140, DISPERBYK-142, DISPERBYK-145, DISPERBYK-180, DISPERBYK-187, DISPERBYK-191, DISPERBYK-2001, DISPERBYK manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH -2010, DISPERBYK-2012, DISPERBYK-2025, BYK-9076, AJISPER PB821, AJISPER PB822 and AJISPER PB881 manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc. These polymer compounds may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

另外,作為高分子化合物的具體例的例子,能夠參考日本特開2013-249417號公報的段落0127~0129中記載之高分子化合物,該等內容引入本說明書中。In addition, as an example of a specific example of a polymer compound, the polymer compound described in paragraphs 0127 to 0129 of JP 2013-249417 A can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

又,作為分散樹脂,除了上述高分子化合物以外,還能夠使用日本特開2010-106268號公報的0037~0115段(對應之US2011/0124824的段落0075~0133)的接枝共聚物,能夠援用該等內容,並引入本說明書中。 又,除了上述以外,還能夠使用日本特開2011-153283號公報的0028~0084段(對應之US2011/0279759的段落0075~0133)的包含含有酸性基經由連接基鍵結而成之側鏈結構之構成成分之高分子化合物,能夠援用該等內容,並引入本說明書中。In addition, as the dispersion resin, in addition to the above-mentioned polymer compounds, the graft copolymers of paragraphs 0037 to 0115 (corresponding to paragraphs 0075 to 0133 of US2011/0124824) of JP 2010-106268 A can also be used. And other content, and introduced into this manual. Moreover, in addition to the above, the side chain structure containing acidic groups in paragraphs 0028 to 084 (corresponding to paragraphs 0075 to 0133 of US2011/0279759) of JP 2011-153283 A can also be used. The polymer compounds of the constituent components can use these contents and be incorporated into this specification.

又,作為分散樹脂,亦能夠使用日本特開2016-109763號公報的段落0033~0049中記載之樹脂,該內容引入本說明書中。In addition, as the dispersion resin, the resins described in paragraphs 0033 to 0049 of JP 2016-109763 A can also be used, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

(鹼可溶性樹脂) 組成物為含有鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳。在本說明書中,鹼可溶性樹脂表示含有促進鹼可溶性之基團(鹼可溶性基,例如羧酸基等酸基)之樹脂,並表示與已說明的分散樹脂不同的樹脂。 作為鹼可溶性樹脂在組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,相對於組成物的總固體成分為1~30質量%為較佳,2~20質量%為更佳,5~15質量%為進一步較佳。 鹼可溶性樹脂可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。併用2種以上的鹼可溶性樹脂時,合計含量在上述範圍內為較佳。(Alkali-soluble resin) The composition preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin. In this specification, the alkali-soluble resin means a resin containing a group that promotes alkali solubility (alkali-soluble group, for example, an acid group such as a carboxylic acid group), and means a resin different from the dispersion resin described above. The content of the alkali-soluble resin in the composition is not particularly limited. It is preferably 1-30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition, more preferably 2-20% by mass, and more preferably 5-15% by mass. Better. Alkali-soluble resin may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When two or more alkali-soluble resins are used in combination, the total content is preferably within the above range.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可舉出在分子中含有至少1個鹼可溶性基之樹脂,例如聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、(甲基)丙烯醯胺樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯醯胺共聚樹脂、環氧系樹脂及聚醯亞胺樹脂等。Examples of alkali-soluble resins include resins containing at least one alkali-soluble group in the molecule, such as polyhydroxystyrene resins, polysiloxane resins, (meth)acrylic resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, (Meth)acrylic acid/(meth)acrylamide copolymer resin, epoxy resin, polyimide resin, etc.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂的具體例,可舉出不飽和羧酸與乙烯性不飽和化合物的共聚樹脂。 作為不飽和羧酸,並無特別限制,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸及乙烯基乙酸等的單羧酸類;伊康酸、順丁烯二酸及反丁烯二酸等二羧酸、或其酸酐;以及單(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)鄰苯二甲酸酯等多元羧酸單酯類;等。As a specific example of the alkali-soluble resin, a copolymer resin of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an ethylenically unsaturated compound can be mentioned. The unsaturated carboxylic acid is not particularly limited. Examples include monocarboxylic acids such as (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, and vinyl acetic acid; dicarboxylic acids such as itaconic acid, maleic acid, and fumaric acid. Acid, or its anhydride; and mono(2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl) phthalate and other polycarboxylic acid monoesters; etc.

作為能夠共聚的乙烯性不飽和化合物,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2010-097210號公報的段落0027及特開2015-068893號公報的段落0036~0037中記載之化合物,上述內容引入本說明書中。As the ethylenically unsaturated compound which can be copolymerized, methyl (meth)acrylate etc. are mentioned. In addition, the compounds described in paragraph 0027 of JP 2010-097210 A and paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP 2015-068893 A can also be used, and the above-mentioned contents are incorporated into this specification.

又,可組合使用能夠共聚的乙烯性不飽和化合物且在側鏈含有乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。作為乙烯性不飽和基,(甲基)丙烯酸基為較佳。在側鏈含有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸樹脂例如使含有羧酸基之丙烯酸樹脂的羧酸基與環氧丙基或含有脂環式環氧基之乙烯性不飽和化合物加成反應來獲得。In addition, a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated compound and a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain may be used in combination. As the ethylenically unsaturated group, a (meth)acrylic group is preferred. The acrylic resin containing an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain is obtained by, for example, the addition reaction of the carboxylic acid group of the acrylic resin containing a carboxylic acid group with a glycidyl group or an ethylenically unsaturated compound containing an alicyclic epoxy group.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,含有硬化性基之鹼可溶性樹脂亦較佳。 作為上述硬化性基,可同樣舉出可以含有上述高分子化合物之硬化性基,較佳範圍亦相同。 作為含有硬化性基之鹼可溶性樹脂,在側鏈具有硬化性基之鹼可溶性樹脂等為較佳。作為含有硬化性基之鹼可溶性樹脂,可舉出DIANAL NR系列(Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.製)、Photomer6173(含有COOH之聚胺酯丙烯酸低聚物,Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd.製)、VISCOAT R-264、KS RESIST 106(均為OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.製)、CYCLOMER P系列(例如ACA230AA)、PLACCEL CF200系列(均為Daicel Corporation.製)、Ebecryl3800(DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.製)及ACRYCURE RD-F8(NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.製)等。As the alkali-soluble resin, an alkali-soluble resin containing a curable group is also preferable. As the above-mentioned curable group, a curable group that may contain the above-mentioned polymer compound is similarly exemplified, and the preferable range is also the same. As the alkali-soluble resin containing a curable group, an alkali-soluble resin having a curable group in the side chain or the like is preferable. Examples of alkali-soluble resins containing curable groups include DIANAL NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), Photomer6173 (polyurethane acrylic oligomer containing COOH, manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd.), VISCOAT R -264, KS RESIST 106 (all manufactured by OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.), CYCLOMER P series (e.g. ACA230AA), PLACCEL CF200 series (all manufactured by Daicel Corporation), Ebecryl3800 (manufactured by DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.) and ACRYCURE RD -F8 (manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.) etc.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,例如能夠使用日本特開昭59-044615號、日本特公昭54-034327號、日本特公昭58-012577號公報、日本特公昭54-025957號公報、日本特開昭54-092723號公報、日本特開昭59-053836號公報及日本特開昭59-071048號公報中記載之在側鏈含有羧酸基之自由基聚合物;歐洲專利第993966號公報、歐洲專利第1204000號說明書及日本特開2001-318463號公報中記載之含有鹼可溶性基之縮醛改質聚乙烯醇系黏合劑樹脂;聚吡咯啶酮;聚乙烯氧;醇可溶性尼龍及2,2-雙-(4-羥基苯基)-丙烷與環氧氯丙烷的反應物亦即聚醚等;以及國際公開第2008/123097號小冊子中記載之聚醯亞胺樹脂;等。As the alkali-soluble resin, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-044615, Japanese Patent Publication No. 54-034327, Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-012577, Japanese Patent Publication No. 54-025957, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 54-092723 can be used, for example. Radical polymers containing carboxylic acid groups in the side chain described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-053836 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 59-071048; European Patent No. 993966 and European Patent No. 1204000 Alkali-soluble group-containing acetal-modified polyvinyl alcohol binder resin described in the manual and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-318463; polypyrrolidone; polyvinyloxy; alcohol-soluble nylon and 2,2-bis-( The reaction product of 4-hydroxyphenyl)-propane and epichlorohydrin, namely polyether, etc.; and the polyimide resin described in the pamphlet of International Publication No. 2008/123097; etc.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,例如亦能夠使用日本特開2016-075845號公報的段落0225~0245中記載之化合物,上述內容引入本說明書中。As the alkali-soluble resin, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0225 to 0245 of JP 2016-075845 A can also be used, and the above contents are incorporated in this specification.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,亦能夠使用聚醯亞胺前驅物。聚醯亞胺前驅物表示使含有酸酐基之化合物與二胺化合物在40~100℃下進行加成聚合反應來獲得之樹脂。 作為聚醯亞胺前驅物,例如可舉出含有由式(1)表示之重複單元之樹脂。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物的結構,例如可舉出由下述式(2)表示之醯胺酸結構、和含有藉由醯胺酸結構的一部分醯亞胺閉環而成之下述式(3)及所有醯亞胺閉環而成之下述式(4)表示之醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物。 另外,在本說明書中,有時將具有醯胺酸結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物稱為聚醯胺酸。As the alkali-soluble resin, a polyimide precursor can also be used. The polyimide precursor refers to a resin obtained by an addition polymerization reaction between a compound containing an acid anhydride group and a diamine compound at 40-100°C. As the polyimide precursor, for example, a resin containing a repeating unit represented by formula (1) can be cited. As the structure of the polyimide precursor, for example, the amide structure represented by the following formula (2), and the following formula (3) which contains a part of the amide ring closed by the amide structure ) And all imines are ring-closed to form the polyimines precursors of the imines structure represented by the following formula (4). In addition, in this specification, the polyimide precursor having an amino acid structure is sometimes referred to as polyimide acid.

[化學式10]

Figure 02_image027
[Chemical formula 10]
Figure 02_image027

[化學式11]

Figure 02_image029
[Chemical formula 11]
Figure 02_image029

[化學式12]

Figure 02_image031
[Chemical formula 12]
Figure 02_image031

[化學式13]

Figure 02_image033
[Chemical formula 13]
Figure 02_image033

在上述式(1)~(4)中,R1 表示碳數2~22的4價的有機基團,R2 表示碳數1~22的二價的有機基團,n表示1或2。In the above formulas (1) to (4), R 1 represents a tetravalent organic group having 2 to 22 carbon atoms, R 2 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, and n represents 1 or 2.

作為上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的具體例,例如可舉出日本特開2008-106250號公報的段落0011~0031中記載之化合物、日本特開2016-122101號公報的段落0022~0039中記載之化合物及日本特開2016-068401號公報的段落0061~0092中記載之化合物等,上述內容引入本說明書中。As specific examples of the aforementioned polyimide precursors, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0011 to 0031 of JP 2008-106250 A, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0039 of JP 2016-122101 A can be cited. For the compounds and the compounds described in paragraphs 0061 to 0092 of JP 2016-068401 A, the above contents are incorporated into this specification.

使用組成物獲得之圖案狀的黑色層的圖案形狀更加優異之觀點考慮,鹼可溶性樹脂含有選自包括聚醯亞胺樹脂及聚醯亞胺前驅物之群組中的至少1種亦較佳。From the viewpoint that the pattern shape of the patterned black layer obtained by using the composition is more excellent, it is also preferable that the alkali-soluble resin contains at least one selected from the group consisting of polyimide resin and polyimide precursor.

作為含有鹼可溶性基之聚醯亞胺樹脂,並無特別限制,能夠使用含有公知的鹼可溶性基之聚醯亞胺樹脂。作為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂,例如可舉出日本特開2014-137523號公報的段落0050中記載之樹脂、日本特開2015-187676號公報的段落0058中記載之樹脂及日本特開2014-106326號公報的段落0012~0013中記載之樹脂等,上述內容引入本說明書中。The polyimide resin containing an alkali-soluble group is not particularly limited, and polyimide resins containing known alkali-soluble groups can be used. Examples of the polyimide resin include the resin described in paragraph 0050 of JP 2014-137523 A, the resin described in paragraph 0058 of JP 2015-187676 A, and JP 2014-106326 For the resins described in paragraphs 0012 to 0013 of the Bulletin, the above contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,亦能夠使用聚苯并㗁唑前驅物。 聚苯并㗁唑前驅物係由含有羥基之二胺及二羧酸衍生物合成之樹脂。 作為含有羥基之二胺,例如,可舉出二胺基苯酚化合物等具有酚系羥基之芳香族二胺。作為含有羥基之二胺的具體例,可舉出3,3-二羥基聯苯胺及3,3’-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基二苯醚。 作為二羧酸衍生物,例如,可舉出二甲醯氯(dicarboxylic acid chloride)、二羧酸酯等二羧酸衍生物,芳香族二羧酸衍生物為較佳。作為二羧酸衍生物的具體例,可舉出間苯二甲醯氯及對苯二甲醯氯。 作為聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的具體例,可舉出聚羥基醯胺、聚胺基醯胺、聚醯胺及聚醯胺醯亞胺。As the alkali-soluble resin, a polybenzoxazole precursor can also be used. The polybenzoxazole precursor is a resin synthesized from a hydroxyl-containing diamine and a dicarboxylic acid derivative. As a diamine containing a hydroxyl group, the aromatic diamine which has a phenolic hydroxyl group, such as a diamino phenol compound, is mentioned, for example. Specific examples of diamines containing hydroxyl groups include 3,3-dihydroxybenzidine and 3,3'-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether. Examples of dicarboxylic acid derivatives include dicarboxylic acid derivatives such as dicarboxylic acid chloride and dicarboxylic acid esters, and aromatic dicarboxylic acid derivatives are preferred. Specific examples of the dicarboxylic acid derivative include isophthalic acid chloride and terephthalic acid chloride. Specific examples of polybenzoxazole precursors include polyhydroxyamide, polyaminoamide, polyamide, and polyamideimide.

作為聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的具體例,例如,可舉出日本特開2003-121997號公報的段落0049~0062中記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/057281號說明書的段落0050~0057中記載之化合物、國際公開第2016/043203號說明書的段落0015~0043中記載之化合物等,上述內容引入本說明書中。Specific examples of polybenzoxazole precursors include, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0062 of JP 2003-121997 A, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0057 of the specification of International Publication No. 2017/057281. The compounds described in paragraphs 0015~0043 of International Publication No. 2016/043203 specification, etc., the above contents are incorporated into this specification.

聚醯亞胺前驅物及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的共聚物係具有聚醯胺酸酯結構單元及羥基聚醯胺結構單元之共聚物,例如,可舉出具有聚醯胺酸酯結構單元及羥基聚醯胺結構單元的交互共聚結構之共聚物。The copolymer of the polyimide precursor and the polybenzoxazole precursor is a copolymer having a polyamide structural unit and a hydroxypolyamide structural unit, for example, a polyamide structural unit may be mentioned And a copolymer of an interactive copolymer structure of hydroxyl polyamide structural units.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,從遮光膜的耐光性及耐熱性更優異之觀點考慮,選自包括聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑前驅物及該等的共聚物的群組中之至少1種為較佳,聚醯亞胺樹脂為更佳。As an alkali-soluble resin, at least 1 selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors, and copolymers from the viewpoint of better light resistance and heat resistance of the light-shielding film Kind is preferable, and polyimide resin is more preferable.

又,作為鹼可溶性樹脂,[苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/依據需要其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體]共聚物、及[烯丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/依據需要其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體]共聚物的膜強度、靈敏度及顯影性的平衡優異,在此方面較佳。 上述其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體可以為單獨1種,亦可為2種以上。 從黑色層的耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,上述共聚合體具有硬化性基為較佳,含有(甲基)丙烯醯基等乙烯性不飽和基為更佳。 例如,作為上述其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體,可以使用具有硬化性基之單體,藉此將硬化性基導入共聚物。又,可以在源自共聚物中的(甲基)丙烯酸之單元和/或源自上述其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體之單元中的1種以上的一部分或全部導入有硬化性基(較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基等的乙烯性不飽和基)。 作為上述其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、苯乙烯系單體(羥基苯乙烯等)及醚二聚體。 上述醚二聚體例如可舉出由下述通式(ED1)表示之化合物及由下述通式(ED2)表示之化合物。In addition, as alkali-soluble resins, [benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other addition polymerizable vinyl monomers as required] copolymer, and [allyl (meth)acrylate/ The (meth)acrylic acid/addition polymerizable vinyl monomer as required] copolymer has excellent film strength, sensitivity, and developability in balance, and this is preferable. The above-mentioned other addition polymerizable vinyl monomers may be one type alone or two or more types. From the viewpoint that the black layer is more excellent in moisture resistance, it is preferable that the copolymer has a curable group, and it is more preferable to contain an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth)acryloyl group. For example, as the above-mentioned other addition polymerizable vinyl monomer, a monomer having a curable group can be used to introduce the curable group into the copolymer. In addition, a part or all of one or more of the units derived from the (meth)acrylic acid in the copolymer and/or the units derived from the other addition polymerizable vinyl monomers may be introduced with curable groups (more Preferred is an ethylenically unsaturated group such as (meth)acryloyl group). As said other addition polymerizable vinyl monomer, for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, styrene monomer (hydroxystyrene etc.) and ether dimer are mentioned. Examples of the ether dimer include a compound represented by the following general formula (ED1) and a compound represented by the following general formula (ED2).

[化學式14]

Figure 02_image035
[Chemical formula 14]
Figure 02_image035

在通式(ED1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~25的碳化氫基。In the general formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms.

[化學式15]

Figure 02_image037
[Chemical formula 15]
Figure 02_image037

在通式(ED2)中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基團。作為通式(ED2)的具體例,可參考日本特開2010-168539號公報的記載。In the general formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the general formula (ED2), reference can be made to the description in JP 2010-168539 A.

作為醚二聚體的具體例,例如能夠參考日本特開2013-029760號公報的段落0317,該內容編入本說明書中。醚二聚體可僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。As a specific example of the ether dimer, for example, paragraph 0317 of JP 2013-029760 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in this specification. There may be only one type of ether dimer, or two or more types.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值,並無特別限制,通常,30~500mgKOH/g為較佳,50~200mgKOH/g以上為更佳。The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited. Generally, 30 to 500 mgKOH/g is preferable, and 50 to 200 mgKOH/g or more is more preferable.

<聚合性化合物> 遮光性組成物含有聚合性化合物。 在本說明書中,聚合性化合物表示受到後述聚合起始劑的作用而聚合之化合物,且表示與上述分散樹脂及鹼可溶性樹脂不同的成分。<Polymerizable compound> The light-shielding composition contains a polymerizable compound. In this specification, a polymerizable compound means a compound that is polymerized by the action of a polymerization initiator described later, and means a component different from the above-mentioned dispersing resin and alkali-soluble resin.

作為聚合性化合物在組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,相對於組成物的總固體成分為5~35質量%為較佳,10~30質量%為更佳,15~25質量%為進一步較佳。聚合性化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。併用2種以上的聚合性化合物時,合計含量在上述範圍內為較佳。 聚合性化合物的分子量(或重量平均分子量),並無特別限制,2000以下為較佳。The content of the polymerizable compound in the composition is not particularly limited. It is preferably 5 to 35% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition, more preferably 10 to 30% by mass, and more preferably 15 to 25% by mass. Better. A polymerizable compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When two or more polymerizable compounds are used in combination, the total content is preferably within the above range. The molecular weight (or weight average molecular weight) of the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited, but 2,000 or less is preferable.

作為聚合性化合物,含有乙烯性不飽和基之化合物為較佳。 亦即,遮光性組成物包含含有乙烯性不飽和基之低分子化合物作為聚合性化合物為較佳。 作為聚合性化合物,含有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,含有2個以上之化合物為更佳,含有3個以上之化合物為進一步較佳,含有5個以上之化合物為特佳。上限例如為15個以下。作為乙烯性不飽和基,例如可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)芳基及(甲基)丙烯醯基等。As the polymerizable compound, a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferred. That is, the light-shielding composition preferably contains a low-molecular compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group as the polymerizable compound. As the polymerizable compound, compounds containing one or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds are preferred, compounds containing two or more are more preferred, compounds containing three or more are more preferred, and compounds containing five or more are particularly preferred. good. The upper limit is, for example, 15 or less. As an ethylenically unsaturated group, a vinyl group, (meth)aryl group, (meth)acryloyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為聚合性化合物,例如能夠使用日本特開2008-260927號公報的段落0050及日本特開2015-068893號公報的段落0040中記載之化合物,上述內容引入本說明書中。As the polymerizable compound, for example, the compounds described in paragraph 0050 of JP 2008-260927 A and paragraph 0040 of JP 2015-068893 A can be used, and the above contents are incorporated in this specification.

聚合性化合物例如可以為單體、預聚物、低聚物及該等的混合物以及該等的多聚體等化學形態中的任一個。 聚合性化合物係3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。The polymerizable compound may be, for example, any of chemical forms such as monomers, prepolymers, oligomers, mixtures of these, and polymers of these. The polymerizable compound is preferably a 3 to 15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and a 3 to 6 functional (meth)acrylate compound is more preferable.

聚合性化合物係含有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。例如,能夠參考日本特開2013-029760號公報的段落0227、日本特開2008-292970號公報的段落0254~0257中記載之化合物,該內容引入本說明書中。The polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound containing one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups and having a boiling point of 100°C or higher under normal pressure. For example, the compounds described in paragraph 0227 of JP 2013-029760 A and paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP 2008-292970 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

聚合性化合物係雙季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku CO., LTD.製)、雙季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku CO., LTD.製)、雙季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku CO., LTD.製)、雙季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku CO., LTD.製,A-DPH-12E;Shin-Nakamura Chemical CO., LTD製)及該等(甲基)丙烯醯基介導乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基之結構(例如,由Sartomer company Inc.市售之SR454、SR499)為較佳。亦能夠使用該等的寡聚物類型。又,可以使用NK Ester A-TMMT(季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯,Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., LTD.製)、KAYARAD RP-1040、KAYARAD DPEA-12LT、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD RP-3060及KAYARAD DPEA-12(均為商品名,Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.製)等。 以下示出較佳聚合性化合物的態樣。The polymerizable compound is dipentaerythritol triacrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku CO., LTD.), and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku CO. , LTD.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku CO., LTD.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (as a commercial product) , KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku CO., LTD., A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical CO., LTD) and these (meth)acrylic groups mediate ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues The structure (for example, SR454 and SR499 commercially available from Sartomer company Inc.) is preferable. These oligomer types can also be used. In addition, NK Ester A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., LTD.), KAYARAD RP-1040, KAYARAD DPEA-12LT, KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD RP-3060, and KAYARAD DPEA-12 ( All are trade names, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc. The aspect of the preferable polymerizable compound is shown below.

遮光性組成物含有至少2種聚合性化合物為較佳。 其中,從遮光膜的耐熱性及耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,具有類似的結構,含有乙烯性不飽和基的數量不同的2種以上的聚合性化合物,且乙烯性不飽和基的個數更少的化合物係含有至少1個以上的羥基之化合物為較佳。藉由使用此類2種以上的聚合性化合物,提高遮光膜的耐熱性及耐濕性的理由不太明確,但推測原因如下:藉由使用具有羥基之聚合性化合物,與鹼可溶性樹脂的相溶性得到提高,聚合性化合物均勻分佈在黑色層中,黑色層整體均勻地硬化。 作為此類具有類似的結構,乙烯性不飽和基的數量不同的2種以上的化合物的混合物,例如,可舉出由後述式(Z-1)、式(Z-4)或式(Z-5)表示,在末端具有的乙烯性不飽和基(較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基)的數量不同的化合物的混合物,且乙烯性不飽和基的個數更少的化合物係含有至少1個以上的羥基之化合物的混合物。The light-shielding composition preferably contains at least two types of polymerizable compounds. Among them, from the viewpoint of better heat resistance and moisture resistance of the light-shielding film, it has a similar structure, contains two or more polymerizable compounds with different numbers of ethylenically unsaturated groups, and the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups Fewer compounds are preferably compounds containing at least one hydroxyl group. The reason for improving the heat resistance and moisture resistance of the light-shielding film by using these two or more polymerizable compounds is not clear, but the reason is presumed to be as follows: By using a polymerizable compound having a hydroxyl group, it is compatible with alkali-soluble resin. The solubility is improved, the polymerizable compound is uniformly distributed in the black layer, and the entire black layer is uniformly hardened. As such a mixture of two or more compounds having a similar structure and different numbers of ethylenically unsaturated groups, for example, the following formula (Z-1), formula (Z-4) or formula (Z- 5) Represents a mixture of compounds having different numbers of ethylenically unsaturated groups (preferably (meth)acryloyl groups) at the ends, and compounds with fewer ethylenically unsaturated groups contain at least 1 A mixture of compounds with more than one hydroxyl group.

聚合性化合物可具有羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基等酸基。作為含有酸基之聚合性化合物,脂肪族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族聚羥基化合物的未反應的羥基進行反應來使其具有酸基之聚合性化合物為更佳,該酯中,脂肪族聚羥基化合物為季戊四醇和/或雙季戊四醇者為進一步較佳。作為市售品,例如可舉出TOAGOSEICO., LTD.製之ARONIX TO-2349、M-305、M-510及M-520等。The polymerizable compound may have acid groups such as a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. As the polymerizable compound containing an acid group, an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid is preferred. The non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with the unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to give it an acid group The polymerizable compound is more preferable, and among the esters, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol. Examples of commercially available products include ARONIX TO-2349, M-305, M-510, and M-520 manufactured by TOAGOSEICO., LTD.

作為含有酸基之聚合性化合物的酸值,0.1~40mgKOH/g為較佳,5~30mgKOH/g為更佳。若聚合性化合物的酸值為0.1mgKOH/g以上,則顯影溶解特性良好,若為40mgKOH/g以下,則在製造和/或處理上有利。進而,光聚合性能良好且硬化性優異。As the acid value of the polymerizable compound containing an acid group, 0.1-40 mgKOH/g is preferable, and 5-30 mgKOH/g is more preferable. If the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the development dissolution characteristics are good, and if it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous in terms of production and/or handling. Furthermore, it has good photopolymerization performance and excellent curability.

關於聚合性化合物,含有己內酯結構之化合物亦為較佳態樣。 作為含有己內酯結構之化合物,只要在分子內含有己內酯結構,則並無特別限制,例如,可舉出使三羥甲基乙烷、二三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、二三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、雙季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油、雙甘油或三羥甲基三聚氰胺等多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸及ε-己內酯進行酯化來獲得之、ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。其中,含有由下述式(Z-1)表示之己內酯結構之化合物為較佳。Regarding the polymerizable compound, a compound containing a caprolactone structure is also a preferable aspect. The compound containing a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it contains a caprolactone structure in the molecule. For example, trimethylolethane, ditrimethylolethane, trimethylol Propane, ditrimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerol or trimethylolmelamine and other polyols are esterified with (meth)acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone to obtain, ε -Caprolactone upgrades multifunctional (meth)acrylates. Among them, compounds containing a caprolactone structure represented by the following formula (Z-1) are preferred.

[化學式16]

Figure 02_image039
[Chemical formula 16]
Figure 02_image039

在式(Z-1)中,6個R全部為以下述式(Z-2)表示之基團,或6個R中的1~5個為以下述式(Z-2)表示之基團,剩餘為以下述式(Z-3)表示之基團。In formula (Z-1), all 6 Rs are groups represented by the following formula (Z-2), or 1 to 5 of the 6 Rs are groups represented by the following formula (Z-2) , And the remainder are groups represented by the following formula (Z-3).

[化學式17]

Figure 02_image041
[Chemical formula 17]
Figure 02_image041

在式(Z-2)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,m表示1或2的數,“*”表示係鍵結鍵。In the formula (Z-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents the number of 1 or 2, and "*" represents a bond.

[化學式18]

Figure 02_image043
[Chemical formula 18]
Figure 02_image043

在式(Z-3)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,“*”表示鍵結鍵。In the formula (Z-3), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and "*" represents a bonding bond.

含有己內酯結構之聚合性化合物例如由Nippon Kayaku CO., LTD.作為KAYARAD DPCA系列而市售,DPCA-20(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=1,以式(Z-2)表示之基團的數=2,R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-30(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=1,以式(Z-2)表示之基團的數=3,R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-60(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=1,以式(Z-2)表示之基團的數=6,R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-120(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=2,以式(Z-2)表示之基團的數=6,R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)等。又,作為含有己內酯結構之聚合性化合物的市售品,亦可舉出TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製M-350(商品名)(三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯)。Polymeric compounds containing a caprolactone structure, for example, are commercially available as KAYARAD DPCA series by Nippon Kayaku CO., LTD., DPCA-20 (in the above formulas (Z-1)~(Z-3), m=1, with The number of groups represented by formula (Z-2)=2, and R 1 is a compound with all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-30 (in the above formulas (Z-1)~(Z-3), m=1, according to the formula The number of groups represented by (Z-2)=3, and R 1 is a compound with all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-60 (in the above formulas (Z-1)~(Z-3), m=1, according to the formula ( The number of groups represented by Z-2)=6, R 1 is a compound with all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-120 (in the above formulas (Z-1)~(Z-3), m=2, according to the formula (Z -2) The number of the represented group=6, the compound in which all R 1 is a hydrogen atom) etc. Moreover, as a commercially available product of a polymerizable compound containing a caprolactone structure, M-350 (trade name) (trimethylolpropane triacrylate) manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. can also be cited.

聚合性化合物還能夠使用由下述式(Z-4)或(Z-5)表示之化合物。The polymerizable compound can also be a compound represented by the following formula (Z-4) or (Z-5).

[化學式19]

Figure 02_image045
[Chemical formula 19]
Figure 02_image045

在式(Z-4)及(Z-5)中,E表示-((CH2 )y CH2 O)-或((CH2 )y CH(CH3 )O)-,y表示0~10的整數,X表示(甲基)丙烯醯基、氫原子或羧酸基。 在式(Z-4)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的總計為3個或4個,m表示0~10的整數,各m的總計為0~40的整數。 式(Z-5)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的合計為5個或6個,n表示0~10的整數,各n的合計為0~60的整數。In formulas (Z-4) and (Z-5), E represents -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or ((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)-, y represents 0~10 X represents a (meth)acrylic acid group, a hydrogen atom or a carboxylic acid group. In formula (Z-4), the total of (meth)acryloyl groups is 3 or 4, m represents an integer of 0-10, and the total of each m is an integer of 0-40. In formula (Z-5), the total of (meth)acryloyl groups is 5 or 6, n represents an integer of 0-10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0-60.

在式(Z-4)中,m為0~6的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳。 又,各m的總計為2~40的整數為較佳,2~16的整數為更佳,4~8的整數為進一步較佳。 在式(Z-5)中,n為0~6的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳。 又,各n的總計為3~60的整數為較佳,3~24的整數為更佳,6~12的整數為進一步較佳。 又,在式(Z-4)或式(Z-5)中的-((CH2 )y CH2 O)-或((CH2 )y CH(CH3 )O)-係氧原子側的末端鍵結於X之形態為較佳。In the formula (Z-4), m is preferably an integer of 0-6, and more preferably an integer of 0-4. Moreover, it is preferable that the total of each m is an integer of 2-40, the integer of 2-16 is more preferable, and the integer of 4-8 is more preferable. In formula (Z-5), n is preferably an integer of 0-6, and more preferably an integer of 0-4. Moreover, it is preferable that the total of each n is an integer of 3-60, the integer of 3-24 is more preferable, and the integer of 6-12 is more preferable. In addition, in formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5), -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or ((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- is on the oxygen atom side The form where the terminal is bonded to X is preferred.

由式(Z-4)或式(Z-5)表示之化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。尤其,在式(Z-5)中6個X全部為丙烯醯基之形態、式(Z-5)中6個X全部為丙烯醯基的化合物與6個X中至少1個為氫原子的化合物的混合物之態樣為較佳。藉由此類結構,能夠提高遮光膜的耐熱性及耐濕性,並且能夠提高顯影性The compound represented by formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5) may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. In particular, in the formula (Z-5), all six X's are in the form of acryloyl groups, in the formula (Z-5), compounds in which all six X's are all acryloyl groups, and compounds in which at least one of the six Xs is a hydrogen atom The aspect of the mixture of the compounds is preferred. With such a structure, the heat resistance and moisture resistance of the light-shielding film can be improved, and the developability can be improved

又,作為由式(Z-4)或式(Z-5)表示之化合物在聚合性化合物中的總含量,20質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳。 在由式(Z-4)或式(Z-5)表示之化合物中,季戊四醇衍生物和/或雙季戊四醇衍生物為更佳。In addition, as the total content of the compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) in the polymerizable compound, 20% by mass or more is preferable, and 50% by mass or more is more preferable. Among the compounds represented by formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5), pentaerythritol derivatives and/or dipentaerythritol derivatives are more preferable.

又,聚合性化合物可以含有卡多(Cardo)骨架。 作為含有卡多骨架之聚合性化合物,具有9,9-二芳基芴骨架之聚合性化合物為較佳。 作為含有卡多骨架之聚合性化合物,並無限制,例如,可舉出Oncoat EX系列(NAGASE & CO., LTD製)及Ogsol (Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., LTD.製)等。 聚合性化合物係含有異三聚氰酸骨架作為中心核之化合物亦較佳。作為此類聚合性化合物的例子,例如可舉出NKEsterA-9300(Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., LTD.製)。 聚合性化合物的乙烯性不飽和基的含量(表示將聚合性化合物中的乙烯性不飽和基數除以聚合性化合物的分子量(g/mol)之值)為5.0mmol/g以上為較佳。上限並無特別限制,通常為20.0mmol/g以下。In addition, the polymerizable compound may contain a Cardo skeleton. As the polymerizable compound containing a cardo skeleton, a polymerizable compound having a 9,9-diarylfluorene skeleton is preferred. The polymerizable compound containing a cardo skeleton is not limited, and examples thereof include Oncoat EX series (manufactured by NAGASE & CO., LTD) and Ogsol (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., LTD.). The polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound containing an isocyanuric acid skeleton as a central core. As an example of such a polymerizable compound, NKEster A-9300 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., LTD.) can be mentioned, for example. The content of the ethylenically unsaturated group of the polymerizable compound (representing the value obtained by dividing the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups in the polymerizable compound by the molecular weight (g/mol) of the polymerizable compound) is preferably 5.0 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is usually 20.0 mmol/g or less.

<聚合起始劑> 遮光性組成物含有聚合起始劑為較佳。 作為聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的聚合起始劑。作為聚合起始劑,例如可舉出光聚合起始劑及熱聚合起始劑等,光聚合起始劑為較佳。另外,作為聚合起始劑,所謂自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。 作為聚合起始劑在組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,相對於組成物的總固體成分為0.5~20質量%為較佳,1.0~10質量%為更佳,1.5~8質量%為進一步較佳。聚合起始劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。併用2種以上的聚合起始劑時,合計含量在上述範圍內為較佳。<Polymerization initiator> The light-shielding composition preferably contains a polymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and a known polymerization initiator can be used. As the polymerization initiator, for example, a photopolymerization initiator, a thermal polymerization initiator, etc. may be mentioned, and a photopolymerization initiator is preferred. In addition, as the polymerization initiator, a so-called radical polymerization initiator is preferred. The content of the polymerization initiator in the composition is not particularly limited, and it is preferably 0.5-20% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition, more preferably 1.0-10% by mass, and 1.5-8% by mass Further better. A polymerization initiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When two or more polymerization initiators are used in combination, the total content is preferably within the above range.

(熱聚合起始劑) 作為熱聚合起始劑,例如可舉出2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈(AIBN)、3-羧基丙腈、偶氮雙丙二腈及二甲基-(2,2’)-偶氮雙(2-丙酸甲酯)[V-601]等偶氮化合物、以及過氧化苯甲醯、過氧化月桂醯及過硫酸鉀等有機過氧化物。 作為聚合起始劑的具體例,例如可舉出加藤清視著“紫外線硬化系統”(綜合技術中心有限公司發行:1989年)的第65~148頁中記載之聚合起始劑等。(Thermal polymerization initiator) Examples of the thermal polymerization initiator include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), 3-carboxypropionitrile, azobismalononitrile, and dimethyl-(2,2')- Azo compounds such as azobis(2-propionic acid methyl ester) [V-601], and organic peroxides such as benzyl peroxide, lauryl peroxide, and potassium persulfate. Specific examples of the polymerization initiator include, for example, the polymerization initiator described on pages 65 to 148 of "Ultraviolet Curing System" by Kiyoshi Kato (published by Comprehensive Technology Center Co., Ltd.: 1989).

(光聚合起始劑) 上述組成物含有光聚合起始劑為較佳。 作為光聚合起始劑,只要能夠使聚合性化合物的聚合起始,則並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的光聚合起始劑。作為光聚合起始劑,例如對從紫外線區域至可見光區域具有感光性之光聚合起始劑為較佳。又,聚合起始劑可以為與被光激發之光敏劑產生某些作用,並生成活性自由基之活性劑,亦可以為依據聚合性化合物的種類而引發陽離子聚合之起始劑。 又,光聚合起始劑含有至少1種在300~800nm(330~500nm為更佳。)的範圍內具有至少50莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。(Photopolymerization initiator) The above composition preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it can initiate the polymerization of the polymerizable compound, and a known photopolymerization initiator can be used. As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, a photopolymerization initiator having photosensitivity from an ultraviolet region to a visible light region is preferable. In addition, the polymerization initiator may be an active agent that has some effect with the photosensitizer excited by light and generates active free radicals, or it may be an initiator that initiates cationic polymerization according to the type of polymerizable compound. In addition, it is preferable that the photopolymerization initiator contains at least one compound having an absorption coefficient of at least 50 mol in the range of 300 to 800 nm (more preferably, 330 to 500 nm).

作為光聚合起始劑在組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,相對於組成物的總固體成分為0.5~20質量%為較佳,1.0~10質量%為更佳,1.5~8質量%為進一步較佳。光聚合起始劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。併用2種以上的聚合起始劑時,合計含量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the composition is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.5-20% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition, more preferably 1.0-10% by mass, and 1.5-8% by mass. It is further preferred. A photoinitiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When two or more polymerization initiators are used in combination, the total content is preferably within the above range.

作為光聚合起始劑,例如,可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如,含有三嗪骨架的化合物、含有噁二唑骨架的化合物等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫代化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、胺基苯乙酮化合物及羥基苯乙酮等。 作為光聚合起始劑的具體例,例如,能夠參考日本特開2013-029760號公報的段落0265~0268,該內容引入本說明書中。As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, triazine skeleton-containing compounds, oxadiazole skeleton-containing compounds, etc.), phosphine compounds such as phosphine oxides, hexaaryl bis Oxime compounds such as imidazole and oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenone, etc. As a specific example of the photopolymerization initiator, for example, paragraphs 0265 to 0268 of JP 2013-029760 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated into this specification.

作為光聚合起始劑,更具體而言,例如還能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中記載之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑及日本專利第4225898號公報中記載之醯基膦氧化物系起始劑。 作為羥基苯乙酮化合物,例如能夠使用IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959及IRGACURE-127(商品名,均為BASF公司製)。 作為胺基苯乙酮化合物,例如能夠使用市售品IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369及IRGACURE-379EG(商品名,均為BASF公司製)。作為胺基苯乙酮化合物,亦能夠使用吸收波長與波長365nm或波長405nm等長波光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179公報中記載之化合物。 作為醯基膦化合物,能夠使用市售品IRGACURE-819及IRGACURE-TPO(商品名,均為BASF公司製)。As the photopolymerization initiator, more specifically, for example, the aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-291969 and the phosphine oxide described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used. Material system initiator. As the hydroxyacetophenone compound, for example, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (brand names, all manufactured by BASF) can be used. As the aminoacetophenone compound, for example, commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379EG (brand names, all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used. As the aminoacetophenone compound, the compound described in JP 2009-191179 gazette whose absorption wavelength is matched with a long-wave light source such as a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm can also be used. As the phosphine compound, commercially available products IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO (brand names, both manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used.

(肟化合物) 作為光聚合起始劑,肟酯系聚合起始劑(肟化合物)為更佳。尤其肟化合物的靈敏度高且聚合效率高,並容易將色材在組成物中的含量設高,因此較佳。 作為肟化合物的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2001-233842號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中記載之化合物或日本特開2006-342166號公報中記載之化合物。 作為肟化合物,例如可舉出3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。 又,亦可舉出J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.1653-1660、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.156-162、光聚合物科學與技術雜誌(Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology)(1995年)pp.202-232、日本特開2000-066385號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報、日本特表2004-534797號公報及日本特開2006-342166號公報中記載之化合物等。 市售品中,IRGACURE-OXE01(BASF公司製)、IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF公司製)、IRGACURE-OXE03(BASF公司製)或IRGACURE-OXE04(BASF公司製)亦較佳。又,還能夠使用TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製造)、Adeka Arkls NCI-831、Adeka Arkls NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)或N-1919(含咔唑•肟酯骨架光起始劑(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。(Oxime compound) As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime ester-based polymerization initiator (oxime compound) is more preferable. In particular, the oxime compound has high sensitivity and high polymerization efficiency, and it is easy to set the content of the color material in the composition high, so it is preferable. As specific examples of the oxime compound, the compound described in JP 2001-233842 A, the compound described in JP 2000-080068 A, or the compound described in JP 2006-342166 A can be used. As the oxime compound, for example, 3-benzyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyimino Butan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzyloxy Imino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-benzene Propane-1-one and so on. In addition, JCS Perkin II (1979) pp.1653-1660, JCS Perkin II (1979) pp. 156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology) (1995) ) pp.202-232, compounds described in JP 2000-066385, JP 2000-080068, JP 2004-534797, and JP 2006-342166 Wait. Among the commercially available products, IRGACURE-OXE01 (made by BASF), IRGACURE-OXE02 (made by BASF), IRGACURE-OXE03 (made by BASF), or IRGACURE-OXE04 (made by BASF) are also preferred. In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Qiangli Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkls NCI-831, Adeka Arkls NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) or N-1919 (containing carbazole•oxime ester skeleton light Starter (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).

又,作為上述記載以外的肟化合物,可以使用在咔唑N位上連接有肟之日本特表2009-519904號公報中記載之化合物;在二苯甲酮部位導入有雜(hetero)取代基之美國專利第7626957號公報中記載之化合物;在色素部位導入有硝基之日本特開2010-015025號公報及美國專利公開2009-292039號說明書中記載之化合物;國際公開第2009-131189號小冊子中記載之酮肟化合物;及在同一分子內含有三嗪骨架和肟骨架之美國專利7556910號說明書中記載之化合物;在405nm處具有極大吸收且對g射線光源具有良好的靈敏度之日本特開2009-221114號公報中記載之化合物;等。 例如能夠參考日本特開2013-029760號公報的段落0274~0275,該內容引入本說明書中。 具體而言,作為肟化合物,由下述式(OX-1)表示之化合物為較佳。另外,肟化合物的N-O鍵可以係(E)體的肟化合物,亦可以係(Z)體的肟化合物,還可以係(E)體與(Z)體的混合物。In addition, as oxime compounds other than those described above, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-519904 in which an oxime is attached to the N-position of the carbazole can be used; those with a hetero substituent introduced at the benzophenone site The compound described in U.S. Patent No. 7626957; the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-015025 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009-292039 in which a nitro group is introduced into the pigment site; in the pamphlet of International Publication No. 2009-131189 The ketoxime compound described; and the compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 7556910 containing a triazine skeleton and an oxime skeleton in the same molecule; Japanese Patent Laid-Open 2009- Compounds described in Bulletin No. 221114; etc. For example, paragraphs 0274 to 0275 of JP 2013-029760 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated into this specification. Specifically, as the oxime compound, a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1) is preferred. In addition, the N-O bond of the oxime compound may be an oxime compound of the (E) body, or an oxime compound of the (Z) body, or a mixture of the (E) body and the (Z) body.

[化學式20]

Figure 02_image047
[Chemical formula 20]
Figure 02_image047

在式(OX-1)中,R及B分別獨立地表示一價的取代基,A表示二價的有機基團,Ar表示芳基。 在式(OX-1)中,作為由R表示之一價的取代基,一價的非金屬原子團為較佳。 作為一價的非金屬原子團,可舉出烷基、芳基、醯基、烷氧羰基、芳氧羰基、雜環基、烷基硫代羰基及芳基硫代羰基等。又,該等基團可具有1個以上的取代基。又,前述取代基可進一步被其他取代基取代。 作為取代基,可舉出鹵原子、芳氧基、烷氧羰基或芳氧羰基、醯氧基、醯基、烷基及芳基等。 在式(OX-1)中,作為由B表示之一價的取代基,芳基、雜環基、芳基羰基或雜環羰基為較佳,芳基或雜環基為更佳。該等基團可具有1個以上的取代基。作為取代基,能夠例示前述取代基。 在式(OX-1)中,作為由A表示之二價的有機基團,碳數1~12的伸烷基、伸環烷基或伸炔基為較佳。該等基團可具有1個以上的取代基。作為取代基,能夠例示前述取代基。In formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group. In the formula (OX-1), as the monovalent substituent represented by R, a monovalent non-metal atomic group is preferred. Examples of the monovalent non-metal atomic group include alkyl groups, aryl groups, acyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, aryloxycarbonyl groups, heterocyclic groups, alkylthiocarbonyl groups, and arylthiocarbonyl groups. In addition, these groups may have one or more substituents. In addition, the aforementioned substituent may be further substituted with another substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, an alkyl group, and an aryl group. In formula (OX-1), as the monovalent substituent represented by B, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group or a heterocyclic carbonyl group is preferable, and an aryl group or a heterocyclic group is more preferable. These groups may have more than one substituent. As the substituent, the aforementioned substituents can be exemplified. In formula (OX-1), as the divalent organic group represented by A, an alkylene group, cycloalkylene group or alkynylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. These groups may have more than one substituent. As the substituent, the aforementioned substituents can be exemplified.

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用含有氟原子之肟化合物。作為含有氟原子之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中記載之化合物;日本特表2014-500852號公報中記載之化合物24、36~40;及日本特開2013-164471號公報中記載之化合物(C-3);等。該內容引入本說明書中。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound containing a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound containing a fluorine atom include the compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A; the compounds 24 and 36 to 40 described in JP 2014-500852 A; and JP 2013 -Compound (C-3) described in Bulletin No. 164471; etc. This content is incorporated into this manual.

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用由下述通式(1)~(4)表示之化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, compounds represented by the following general formulas (1) to (4) can also be used.

[化學式21]

Figure 02_image049
[Chemical formula 21]
Figure 02_image049

[化學式22]

Figure 02_image051
[Chemical formula 22]
Figure 02_image051

在式(1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示碳數1~20的烷基、碳數4~20的脂環式烴基、碳數6~30的芳基或碳數7~30的芳烷基,R1 及R2 為苯基時,苯基彼此可鍵結而形成茀基,R3 及R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~30的芳基、碳數7~30的芳烷基或碳數4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵或羰基。In formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group with 4 to 20 carbons, an aryl group with 6 to 30 carbons, or 7 to 30 carbons. When R 1 and R 2 are phenyl groups, the phenyl groups can be bonded to each other to form a stilbene group. R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons, and 6 carbons. ~30 aryl group, C7-30 aralkyl group, or C4-20 heterocyclic group, X represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group.

在式(2)中,R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 的含義與式(1)中的R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 相同,R5 表示-R6 、-OR6 、-SR6 、-COR6 、-CONR6 R6 、-NR6 COR6 、-OCOR6 、-COOR6 、-SCOR6 、-OCSR6 、-COSR6 、-CSOR6 、-CN、鹵原子或羥基,R6 表示碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~30的芳基、碳數7~30的芳烷基或碳數4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵或羰基,a表示0~4的整數。In the formula (2), R 1, 1, R 2 , the same as R 2, R 3 and R 4 meaning as in formula R (1) in R 3 and R 4, R 5 represents -R 6, -OR 6 , -SR 6 , -COR 6 , -CONR 6 R 6 , -NR 6 COR 6 , -OCOR 6 , -COOR 6 , -SCOR 6 , -OCSR 6 , -COSR 6 , -CSOR 6 , -CN, halogen atom Or hydroxyl, R 6 represents an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons, an aryl group with 6 to 30 carbons, an aralkyl group with 7 to 30 carbons, or a heterocyclic group with 4 to 20 carbons. X represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group , A represents an integer from 0 to 4.

在式(3)中,R1 表示碳數1~20的烷基、碳數4~20的脂環式烴基、碳數6~30的芳基或碳數7~30的芳烷基,R3 及R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~30的芳基、碳數7~30的芳烷基或碳數4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵或羰基。In formula (3), R 1 represents an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group with 4 to 20 carbons, an aryl group with 6 to 30 carbons, or an aralkyl group with 7 to 30 carbons, R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons, an aryl group with 6 to 30 carbons, an aralkyl group with 7 to 30 carbons, or a heterocyclic group with 4 to 20 carbons, X Represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group.

在式(4)中,R1 、R3 及R4 與式(3)中的R1 、R3 及R4 的含義相同,R5 表示-R6 、-OR6 、-SR6 、-COR6 、-CONR6 R6 、-NR6 COR6 、-OCOR6 、-COOR6 、-SCOR6 、-OCSR6 、-COSR6 、-CSOR6 、-CN、鹵原子或羥基,R6 表示碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~30的芳基、碳數7~30的芳烷基或碳數4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵或羰基,a表示0~4的整數。In the formula (4), R 1, 1, the same meaning as R 3 and R 4 R 3 and R 4 of the formula R (3) in, R 5 represents -R 6, -OR 6, -SR 6 , - COR 6 , -CONR 6 R 6 , -NR 6 COR 6 , -OCOR 6 , -COOR 6 , -SCOR 6 , -OCSR 6 , -COSR 6 , -CSOR 6 , -CN, halogen atom or hydroxyl, R 6 represents Alkyl group with 1-20 carbons, aryl group with 6-30 carbons, aralkyl group with 7-30 carbons or heterocyclic group with 4-20 carbons, X represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group, and a represents 0-4 Integer.

在上述式(1)及式(2)中,R1 及R2 係甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、環己基或苯基為較佳。R3 為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或二甲苯基為較佳。R4 為碳數1~6的烷基或苯基為較佳。R5 為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或萘基為較佳。X為直接鍵為較佳。 又,在上述式(3)及(4)中,R1 係甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、環己基或苯基為較佳。R3 為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或二甲苯基為較佳。R4 為碳數1~6的烷基或苯基為較佳。R5 為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或萘基為較佳。X為直接鍵為較佳。 作為由式(1)及式(2)表示之化合物的具體例,例如,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報的段落0076~0079中記載之化合物。該內容引入本說明書中。In the above formula (1) and formula (2), it is preferred that R 1 and R 2 are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclohexyl or phenyl. R 3 is preferably methyl, ethyl, phenyl, tolyl or xylyl. R 4 is preferably an alkyl group or phenyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R 5 is preferably methyl, ethyl, phenyl, tolyl or naphthyl. X is preferably a direct bond. In addition, in the above formulas (3) and (4), R 1 is preferably a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, cyclohexyl group or phenyl group. R 3 is preferably methyl, ethyl, phenyl, tolyl or xylyl. R 4 is preferably an alkyl group or phenyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R 5 is preferably methyl, ethyl, phenyl, tolyl or naphthyl. X is preferably a direct bond. As a specific example of the compound represented by Formula (1) and Formula (2), for example, the compound described in paragraphs 0076 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466 A can be cited. This content is incorporated into this manual.

以下示出可在上述組成物中較佳地使用之肟化合物的具體例。在以下所示肟化合物中,由式(C-13)表示之肟化合物為更佳。 又,作為肟化合物,例如亦能夠使用國際公開第2015-036910號小冊子的表1中記載之化合物,上述內容引入本說明書中。Specific examples of oxime compounds that can be preferably used in the above composition are shown below. Among the oxime compounds shown below, the oxime compound represented by formula (C-13) is more preferable. In addition, as the oxime compound, for example, the compounds described in Table 1 of International Publication No. 2015-036910 pamphlet can also be used, and the above-mentioned contents are incorporated in this specification.

[化學式23]

Figure 02_image053
Figure 02_image055
[化學式24]
Figure 02_image057
[Chemical formula 23]
Figure 02_image053
Figure 02_image055
[Chemical formula 24]
Figure 02_image057

肟化合物在350~500nm的波長區域具有極大吸收為較佳,在360~480nm的波長區域具有極大吸收為更佳,365nm及405nm的波長的吸光度較高為進一步較佳。 從靈敏度的觀點考慮,肟化合物的365nm或405nm中的莫耳吸光係數為1,000~300,000為較佳,2,000~300,000為更佳,5,000~200,000為進一步較佳。 化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠利用公知的方法測定,例如藉由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製Cary-5 spectrophotometer:分光光度計),使用乙酸乙酯在0.01g/L的濃度下進行測定為較佳。 光聚合起始劑可依據需要組合2種以上來使用。It is preferable that the oxime compound has a maximum absorption in the wavelength region of 350 to 500 nm, and it is more preferable to have a maximum absorption in the wavelength region of 360 to 480 nm, and it is even more preferable that the absorbance at the wavelengths of 365 nm and 405 nm is higher. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 200,000. The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured by a known method, for example, by an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian Corporation), using ethyl acetate at a concentration of 0.01 g/L. Better. The photopolymerization initiator can be used in combination of two or more types as necessary.

又,作為光聚合起始劑,例如亦能夠使用日本特開第2008-260927號公報的段落0052、日本特開第2010-097210號公報的段落0033~0037、日本特開第2015-068893號公報的段落0044中記載之化合物,上述內容引入本說明書中。In addition, as the photopolymerization initiator, for example, paragraph 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-260927, paragraphs 0033 to 0037 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-097210, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-068893 may also be used. For the compound described in paragraph 0044 of, the above content is incorporated into this specification.

<聚合抑制劑> 組成物可以含有聚合抑制劑。 作為聚合抑制劑,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的聚合抑制劑。作為聚合抑制劑,例如可舉出酚系聚合抑制劑(例如,對甲氧苯酚、2,5-二-三級丁基-4-甲基苯酚、2,6-二-三級丁基-4-甲基苯酚、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、4-甲氧基萘酚等);氫醌系聚合抑制劑(例如,氫醌、2,6-二-三級丁基氫醌等);醌系聚合抑制劑(例如,苯醌等);自由基系聚合抑制劑(例如,2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、4-羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基等);硝基苯系聚合抑制劑(例如,硝基苯、4-硝基甲苯等);及啡噻𠯤系聚合抑制劑(例如,啡噻𠯤、2-甲氧基啡噻𠯤等);等。 其中,組成物具有更優異之效果的觀點考慮,苯酚系聚合抑制劑或自由基系聚合抑制劑為較佳。<Polymerization inhibitor> The composition may contain a polymerization inhibitor. The polymerization inhibitor is not particularly limited, and a known polymerization inhibitor can be used. As polymerization inhibitors, for example, phenolic polymerization inhibitors (for example, p-methoxyphenol, 2,5-di-tertiarybutyl-4-methylphenol, 2,6-di-tertiarybutyl- 4-methylphenol, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 2,2'-methylene bis(4-methyl-6-tertiary butyl) Phenol), 4-methoxynaphthol, etc.); hydroquinone-based polymerization inhibitors (for example, hydroquinone, 2,6-di-tertiary butylhydroquinone, etc.); quinone-based polymerization inhibitors (for example, benzoquinone Etc.); radical polymerization inhibitors (for example, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxy radical, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1- Oxygen radicals, etc.); nitrobenzene-based polymerization inhibitors (for example, nitrobenzene, 4-nitrotoluene, etc.); and phenanthrene-based polymerization inhibitors (for example, phenanthrene, 2-methoxyphenanthrene 𠯤 etc.); etc. Among them, from the viewpoint that the composition has a more excellent effect, a phenol-based polymerization inhibitor or a radical-based polymerization inhibitor is preferable.

聚合抑制劑在與含有硬化性基之樹脂一同使用時,其效果顯著。 作為組成物中的聚合抑制劑的含量,並無特別限制,相對於組成物的總固體成分,0.0001~0.5質量%為較佳,0.001~0.2質量%為更佳,0.008~0.05質量%為進一步較佳。聚合抑制劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。併用2種以上的聚合抑制劑時,合計含量在上述範圍內為較佳。 又,聚合抑制劑的含量相對於組成物中的聚合性化合物的含量之比(聚合抑制劑的含量/聚合性化合物的含量(質量比))大於0.0005為較佳,0.0006~0.02為更佳,0.0006~0.005為進一步較佳。The effect of polymerization inhibitors is remarkable when used together with resins containing curable groups. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the composition is not particularly limited. With respect to the total solid content of the composition, 0.0001 to 0.5% by mass is preferred, 0.001 to 0.2% by mass is more preferred, and 0.008 to 0.05% by mass is further preferred. Better. A polymerization inhibitor may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When two or more polymerization inhibitors are used in combination, the total content is preferably within the above range. Furthermore, the ratio of the content of the polymerization inhibitor to the content of the polymerizable compound in the composition (polymerization inhibitor content/polymerizable compound content (mass ratio)) is preferably greater than 0.0005, more preferably 0.0006 to 0.02, 0.0006 to 0.005 is more preferable.

<紫外線吸收劑> 組成物可以含有紫外線吸收劑。藉此,能夠使黑色層的圖案的形狀成為更優異之(精細的)形狀。 作為紫外線吸收劑,能夠使用水楊酸鹽系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、取代丙烯腈系及三嗪系紫外線吸收劑。作為該等的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2012-068418號公報的段落0137~0142(對應之US2012/0068292的段落0251~0254)的化合物,能夠援用該等內容並引入本說明書中。 另外,亦可較佳地使用二乙基胺基-苯基磺醯基系紫外線吸收劑(DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.製,商品名,UV-503)等。 作為紫外線吸收劑,可舉出日本特開2012-032556號公報的段落0134~0148中例示之化合物。 紫外線吸收劑的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,0.001~15質量%為較佳,0.01~10質量%為更佳,0.1~5質量%為進一步較佳。<Ultraviolet absorber> The composition may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Thereby, the shape of the pattern of the black layer can be made a more excellent (fine) shape. As the ultraviolet absorber, salicylate, benzophenone, benzotriazole, substituted acrylonitrile, and triazine ultraviolet absorbers can be used. As these specific examples, the compounds of paragraphs 0137 to 0142 (corresponding to paragraphs 0251 to 0254 of US2012/0068292) of JP 2012-068418 A can be used, and these contents can be incorporated into this specification. In addition, diethylamino-phenylsulfonyl-based ultraviolet absorbers (manufactured by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD., trade name, UV-503) and the like can also be preferably used. As the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds exemplified in paragraphs 0134 to 0148 of JP 2012-032556 A can be cited. The content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.001 to 15% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition, more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass.

<矽烷偶合劑(密接劑)> 組成物可以含有矽烷偶聯劑。在基板上形成黑色層時,矽烷偶聯劑作為提高基板與黑色層之間的密接性的密接劑發揮功能。 矽烷偶聯劑係指在分子中含有水解性基團及其以外的官能基之化合物。另外,烷氧基等水解性基團與矽原子鍵結。 水解性基團表示與矽原子直接鍵結,並且可藉由水解反應和/或縮合反應生成矽氧烷鍵之取代基。作為水解性基團,例如,可舉出鹵原子、烷氧基、醯氧基及烯氧基。水解性基團含有碳原子時,其碳數為6以下為較佳,4以下為更佳。尤其,碳數4以下烷氧基或碳數4以下烯氧基為較佳。<Silane coupling agent (adhesive agent)> The composition may contain a silane coupling agent. When the black layer is formed on the substrate, the silane coupling agent functions as an adhesive that improves the adhesion between the substrate and the black layer. Silane coupling agent refers to a compound containing a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups in the molecule. In addition, a hydrolyzable group such as an alkoxy group is bonded to a silicon atom. The hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by a hydrolysis reaction and/or a condensation reaction. As the hydrolyzable group, for example, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and an alkenyloxy group are mentioned. When the hydrolyzable group contains carbon atoms, the carbon number is preferably 6 or less, and more preferably 4 or less. In particular, an alkoxy group with 4 or less carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group with 4 or less carbon atoms are preferred.

又,在基板上形成黑色層時,為了提高基板與黑色層之間的黏附性,矽烷偶聯劑不包含氟原子及矽原子(其中,水解性基團所鍵結之矽原子除外)為較佳,不包含氟原子、矽原子(其中,水解性基團所鍵結之矽原子除外)、被矽原子取代之伸烷基、碳數8以上的直鏈狀烷基及碳數3以上的支鏈狀烷基為較佳。 矽烷偶聯劑可以含有(甲基)丙烯醯基等乙烯性不飽和基。含有乙烯性不飽和基時,其個數為1~10個為較佳,4~8個為更佳。另外,含有乙烯性不飽和基之矽烷偶聯劑(例如含有水解性基和乙烯性不飽和基之分子量2000以下的化合物)不符合上述聚合性化合物。In addition, when the black layer is formed on the substrate, in order to improve the adhesion between the substrate and the black layer, the silane coupling agent does not contain fluorine atoms and silicon atoms (except for the silicon atoms bonded by hydrolyzable groups). Preferably, it does not contain fluorine atoms, silicon atoms (excluding silicon atoms bonded by hydrolyzable groups), alkylene substituted by silicon atoms, linear alkyl groups with 8 or more carbons, and those with 3 or more carbons A branched alkyl group is preferred. The silane coupling agent may contain ethylenically unsaturated groups such as (meth)acrylic groups. When it contains an ethylenically unsaturated group, the number is preferably 1-10, more preferably 4-8. In addition, silane coupling agents containing ethylenically unsaturated groups (for example, compounds with a molecular weight of 2000 or less containing hydrolyzable groups and ethylenically unsaturated groups) do not meet the above-mentioned polymerizable compounds.

矽烷偶聯劑在上述組成物中的含量相對於組成物中的總固體成分為0.1~10質量%為較佳,0.5~8質量%為更佳,1.0~6質量%為進一步較佳。 上述組成物可單獨包含1種矽烷偶聯劑,亦可包含2種以上。組成物含有2種以上的矽烷偶聯劑時,其總計在上述範圍內即可。The content of the silane coupling agent in the composition is preferably 0.1-10% by mass relative to the total solid content in the composition, more preferably 0.5-8% by mass, and still more preferably 1.0-6% by mass. The above composition may include one type of silane coupling agent alone, or two or more types. When the composition contains two or more types of silane coupling agents, the total of them should be within the above range.

作為矽烷偶合劑,例如可舉出3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷及乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷等。As the silane coupling agent, for example, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxy Silane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyl diethoxysilane, vinyl trimethoxysilane and vinyl triethoxysilane, etc.

<界面活性劑> 組成物可以含有界面活性劑。界面活性劑有助於提高組成物的塗佈性。 上述組成物含有界面活性劑時,作為界面活性劑的含量,相對於組成物的總固體成分,0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,0.005~0.5質量%為更佳,0.01~0.1質量%為進一步較佳。 界面活性劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。界面活性劑併用2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。<Surface active agent> The composition may contain a surfactant. The surfactant helps to improve the coating properties of the composition. When the above composition contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant relative to the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.001 to 2.0 mass%, more preferably 0.005 to 0.5 mass%, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.1 mass% Better. A surfactant may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When two or more surfactants are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

作為界面活性劑,例如可舉出氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑及矽酮系界面活性劑等。Examples of surfactants include fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants.

例如,若組成物含有氟系界面活性劑,則更加提高組成物的液特性(尤其流動性)。亦即,利用含有氟系界面活性劑之組成物來形成膜時,使被塗佈面與塗佈液之間的界面張力下降來改善對被塗佈面的潤濕性,並提高被塗佈面的塗佈性。因此,即使以少量的液量形成了數μm左右的薄膜時,亦在能夠更佳地形成厚度不均小的均勻厚度的膜這一方面有效。For example, if the composition contains a fluorine-based surfactant, the liquid properties (especially fluidity) of the composition are further improved. That is, when a film is formed using a composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant, the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid is reduced to improve the wettability of the coated surface and increase the coated surface Coatability of the surface. Therefore, even when a thin film of about several μm is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is effective in that a film with a uniform thickness with small thickness unevenness can be formed more preferably.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率為3~40質量%為較佳,5~30質量%為更佳,7~25質量%為進一步較佳。氟含有率在該範圍內之氟系界面活性劑在塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性和/或省液性方面有效,在組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3-40% by mass, more preferably 5-30% by mass, and even more preferably 7-25% by mass. The fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of the coating film thickness and/or liquid-saving properties, and its solubility in the composition is also good.

作為氟系界面活性劑,例如可舉出MEGAFACE F171、MEGAFACE F172、MEGAFACE F173、MEGAFACE F176、MEGAFACE F177、MEGAFACE F141、MEGAFACE F142、MEGAFACE F143、MEGAFACE F144、MEGAFACE R30、MEGAFACE F437、MEGAFACE F475、MEGAFACE F479、MEGAFACE F482、MEGAFACE F554及MEGAFACE F780(以上,DIC CORPORATION製);Fluorad FC430、Fluorad FC431及Fluorad FC171(以上,Sumitomo 3M Limited製);Surflon S-382、Surflon SC-101、Surflon SC-103、Surflon SC-104、Surflon SC-105、Surflon SC-1068、Surflon SC-381、Surflon SC-383、Surflon S-393及Surflon KH-40(以上,Asahi Glass Co., LTD.製);以及PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520及PF7002(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製)等。 作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠使用嵌段聚合物,作為具體例,例如可舉出日本特開第2011-089090號公報中記載之化合物。Examples of fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE F171, MEGAFACE F172, MEGAFACE F173, MEGAFACE F176, MEGAFACE F177, MEGAFACE F141, MEGAFACE F142, MEGAFACE F143, MEGAFACE F144, MEGAFACE R30, MEGAFACE F437, MEGAFACE F475, MEGAFACE F482, MEGAFACE F554 and MEGAFACE F780 (above, manufactured by DIC CORPORATION); Fluorad FC430, Fluorad FC431 and Fluorad FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited); Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC -104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC-1068, Surflon SC-381, Surflon SC-383, Surflon S-393 and Surflon KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., LTD.); and PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520 and PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), etc. As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. As a specific example, for example, a compound described in JP 2011-089090 A can be cited.

<溶劑> 組成物含有溶劑為較佳。 作為溶劑,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的溶劑。 作為溶劑在組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,組成物的固體成分成為10~90質量%的量為較佳,成為10~40質量%的量為更佳,成為15~35質量%的量為進一步較佳。 溶劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。併用2種以上的溶劑時,將組成物的總固體成分調整成上述範圍內為較佳。<Solvent> The composition preferably contains a solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited, and a known solvent can be used. The content of the solvent in the composition is not particularly limited. The solid content of the composition is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, and 15 to 35% by mass. The amount is more preferable. A solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When two or more solvents are used in combination, it is preferable to adjust the total solid content of the composition to fall within the above range.

作為溶劑,例如可舉出水及有機溶劑。Examples of the solvent include water and organic solvents.

(有機溶劑) 作為有機溶劑,例如可舉出丙酮、甲乙酮、環己烷、乙酸乙酯、二氯乙烷、四氫呋喃、甲苯、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、乙醯丙酮、環己酮、環戊酮、二丙酮醇、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單異丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丙醇、甲氧基乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙基醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基乙酸丙酯、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基亞碸、γ-丁內酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮及乳酸乙酯等,但並不限於此。(Organic solvents) Examples of organic solvents include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and propylene glycol. Monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, acetone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropanol, methoxyethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, two Ethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy propyl acetate, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfide, γ -Butyrolactone, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl lactate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, ethyl lactate, etc., but not limited thereto.

(水) 組成物含有水時,其含量相對於組成物的總質量,0.001~5.0質量%為較佳,0.01~3.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。 其中,水的含量相對於組成物的總質量若在3.0質量%以下(更佳為1.0質量%以下),則容易抑制由水解等引起之組成物中的成分的經時黏度穩定性的劣化,若在0.01質量%以上(較佳為0.1質量%以上),則容易改善經時沉降穩定性。(water) When the composition contains water, the content is preferably 0.001 to 5.0% by mass relative to the total mass of the composition, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. Among them, if the content of water is 3.0% by mass or less (more preferably 1.0% by mass or less) relative to the total mass of the composition, it is easy to suppress the deterioration of the viscosity stability over time of the components in the composition caused by hydrolysis or the like. If it is 0.01% by mass or more (preferably 0.1% by mass or more), it is easy to improve sedimentation stability over time.

<其他任意成分> 組成物可進一步含有除了上述成分以外的其他任意成分。例如,可舉出敏化劑、共敏化劑、交聯劑、硬化促進劑、熱硬化促進劑、填料、增塑劑、稀釋劑及感脂化劑等,進而,還可依據需要添加對基板表面的黏附促進劑及其他助劑類(例如,導電性粒子、填充劑、消泡劑、阻燃劑、流平劑、剝離促進劑、抗氧化劑、香料、界面張力調整劑及鏈轉移劑等)等公知的添加劑。 該等成分例如能夠參考日本特開2012-003225號公報的段落0183~0228(對應之美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的段落0237~0309)、日本特開2008-250074號公報的段落0101~0102、段落0103~0104、段落0107~0109及日本特開2013-195480號公報的段落0159~0184等的記載,該等內容引入本申請說明書中。<Other optional ingredients> The composition may further contain optional components other than the above-mentioned components. For example, sensitizers, co-sensitizers, crosslinking agents, hardening accelerators, thermal hardening accelerators, fillers, plasticizers, diluents, and fat-sensitizing agents can be mentioned. Furthermore, the Adhesion promoters and other auxiliary agents on the substrate surface (for example, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling promoters, antioxidants, fragrances, interfacial tension regulators, and chain transfer agents Etc.) and other well-known additives. For these components, for example, paragraphs 0183 to 0228 of JP 2012-003225 A (corresponding to paragraphs 0237 to 0309 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812) and paragraph 0101 of JP 2008-250074 A can be referred to. ~ 0102, paragraphs 0103 to 0104, paragraphs 0107 to 0109, and paragraphs 0159 to 0184 of JP 2013-195480 A, etc., and these contents are incorporated into the specification of this application.

<遮光性組成物的製造方法> 關於組成物,首先製造含有黑色色材之色材組成物,將所獲得之色材組成物進而與其他成分混合而作為組成物為較佳。 混合黑色色材、樹脂(較佳為分散樹脂)及溶劑而製備色材組成物為較佳。又,使色材組成物含有聚合抑制劑亦較佳。<Method of manufacturing light-shielding composition> Regarding the composition, first, a color material composition containing a black color material is produced, and the obtained color material composition is further mixed with other components to form the composition. It is preferable to prepare a color material composition by mixing a black color material, a resin (preferably a dispersion resin), and a solvent. Furthermore, it is also preferable to make the color material composition contain a polymerization inhibitor.

上述色材組成物能夠藉由公知的混合方法(例如利用攪拌機、均質儀、高壓乳化裝置、濕式粉碎機或濕式分散機等之混合方法)混合上述各成分來製備。The above-mentioned color material composition can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components by a known mixing method (for example, a mixing method using a mixer, a homogenizer, a high-pressure emulsifying device, a wet mill or a wet disperser, etc.).

製備遮光性組成物時,可以一次性摻合各成分,亦可以將各成分分別在溶劑中溶解或分散之後依次摻合。又,摻合時的投入順序及作業條件並無特別限制。When preparing the light-shielding composition, each component may be blended at once, or each component may be dissolved or dispersed in a solvent and then blended sequentially. In addition, there are no particular restrictions on the order of input and working conditions during blending.

以去除異物及減少缺陷等為目的,利用過濾器過濾遮光性組成物為較佳。作為過濾器,只要是一直以來用於過濾用途等之過濾器,則能夠無特別限制地使用。例如,可舉出基於PTFE(聚四氟乙烯)等氟樹脂、尼龍的聚胺系樹脂、以及聚乙烯及聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量)等之過濾器。該等原材料中,聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)、尼龍為較佳。 過濾器的孔徑為0.1~7.0μm為較佳,0.2~2.5μm為更佳,0.2~1.5μm為進一步較佳,0.3~0.7μm為特佳。若設在該範圍,則能夠抑制顏料(包含黑色顏料)的過濾堵塞,並且能夠確實去除顏料所包含的雜質及凝聚物等微細的異物。 使用過濾器時,可組合不同的過濾器。此時,藉由第1過濾器的過濾可只進行1次,亦可進行2次以上。組合不同的過濾器來進行2次以上的過濾時,第2次之後的孔徑與第1次過濾的孔徑相比,相同或更大為較佳。又,可以在上述範圍內組合不同孔徑的第1過濾器。此處的孔徑能夠參考過濾器廠商的標稱值。作為市售的過濾器,例如能夠從由NIHON PALL LTD.、Toyo Roshi Kaisha, LTD.、Nihon Entegris K.K.(原Mykrolis Corpration)及KITZ MICROFILTER CORPORATION等提供之各種過濾器中選擇。 第2過濾器能夠使用由與上述第1過濾器相同的材料等形成之過濾器。第2的過濾器的孔徑為0.2~10.0μm為較佳,0.2~7.0μm為更佳,0.3~6.0μm為進一步較佳。 組成物不含金屬、含有鹵之金屬鹽、酸、鹼等雜質為較佳。作為該等材料所包含的雜質的含量,1質量ppm以下為較佳,1質量ppb以下為更佳,100質量ppt以下為進一步較佳,10質量ppt以下為特佳,實質上不包含(測定裝置的檢測界限以下)為最佳。 另外,上述雜質能夠藉由電感耦合等離子體質譜儀(Yokogawa Electric Corporation製,Agilent 7500cs型)進行測定。For the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects, it is preferable to filter the light-shielding composition with a filter. As the filter, as long as it is a filter conventionally used for filtering purposes, etc., it can be used without particular limitation. Examples include filters based on fluorine resins such as PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), polyamine resins such as nylon, and polyolefin resins (including high density and ultra-high molecular weight) such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP). . Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 2.5 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 1.5 μm, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 0.7 μm. If it is set in this range, the filter clogging of the pigment (including black pigment) can be suppressed, and fine foreign matter such as impurities and aggregates contained in the pigment can be reliably removed. When using filters, different filters can be combined. At this time, the filtration by the first filter may be performed only once, or may be performed two or more times. When combining different filters to perform filtration more than two times, the pore size after the second filtration is preferably the same or larger than the pore size of the first filtration. In addition, it is possible to combine first filters with different pore diameters within the above range. The pore size here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, it can be selected from various filters provided by NIHON PALL LTD., Toyo Roshi Kaisha, LTD., Nihon Entegris K.K. (formerly Mykrolis Corpration), and KITZ MICROFILTER CORPORATION. As the second filter, a filter formed of the same material as the above-mentioned first filter can be used. The pore diameter of the second filter is preferably 0.2 to 10.0 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 7.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.3 to 6.0 μm. It is preferable that the composition does not contain impurities such as metals, halogen-containing metal salts, acids, and alkalis. As for the content of impurities contained in these materials, 1 mass ppm or less is preferable, 1 mass ppb or less is more preferable, 100 mass ppt or less is more preferable, and 10 mass ppt or less is particularly preferable, and it does not substantially contain (measure Below the detection limit of the device) is the best. In addition, the aforementioned impurities can be measured by an inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometer (manufactured by Yokogawa Electric Corporation, Agilent 7500cs type).

[黑色層的形成] 黑色層的形成方法並無特別限制,將本發明的遮光性組成物塗佈於支撐體上,並對所獲得之塗膜進行硬化而形成黑色層(包括圖案狀的黑色層)。[Formation of the black layer] The method for forming the black layer is not particularly limited, and the light-shielding composition of the present invention is coated on a support, and the obtained coating film is cured to form a black layer (including a patterned black layer).

黑色層的形成方法包括以下製程為較佳。 •塗膜形成製程 •硬化製程 •顯影製程 以下,對各製程進行說明。Preferably, the method for forming the black layer includes the following processes. • Coating film formation process • Hardening process •Development process Hereinafter, each process will be described.

<塗膜形成製程> 在塗膜形成製程中,在硬化(曝光)之前,將遮光性組成物塗佈於支撐體上來形成塗膜(組成物層)。作為支撐體,例如能夠使用在基板(例如矽基板)上設置有CCD(Charge Coupled Device:電荷耦合元件)或CMOS(Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor:互補型金屬氧化膜半導體)等攝像元件(受光元件)之固體攝像元件用基板。又,依據需要,在支撐體上可以設置用於改善與上部層之密接、防止物質的擴散及基板表面的平坦化等的下塗層。<Coating film forming process> In the coating film formation process, before curing (exposure), the light-shielding composition is coated on the support to form a coating film (composition layer). As the support, for example, an imaging element (light-receiving element) such as CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or CMOS (Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor) provided on a substrate (for example, a silicon substrate) can be used. The solid-state imaging device substrate. In addition, if necessary, an undercoat layer for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing diffusion of substances, and flattening the surface of the substrate may be provided on the support.

作為對支撐體上的組成物的塗佈方法,能夠適用狹縫塗佈法、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈法、流延塗佈法、輥塗法及網版印刷法等各種塗佈方法。作為塗膜的膜厚,0.1~10μm為較佳,0.2~5μm為更佳,0.2~3μm為進一步較佳。塗佈於支撐體上的塗膜的乾燥(預烘烤)例如可以利用加熱板、烘箱等以50~140℃的溫度進行10~300秒。As a method of coating the composition on the support, various coating methods such as a slit coating method, an inkjet method, a spin coating method, a cast coating method, a roll coating method, and a screen printing method can be applied. The thickness of the coating film is preferably 0.1 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 5 μm, and even more preferably 0.2 to 3 μm. The drying (pre-baking) of the coating film applied on the support can be performed at a temperature of 50 to 140° C. for 10 to 300 seconds using a hot plate, an oven, etc., for example.

<硬化製程> 在硬化製程中,對在塗膜形成製程中形成的塗膜照射光化射線或放射線來進行曝光,並硬化經光照射的塗膜。 作為光照射的方法,並無特別限制,經由具有圖案狀的開口部之光罩進行光照射為較佳。 藉由放射線的照射進行曝光為較佳。作為曝光時能夠使用的放射線,尤其g射線、h射線及i射線等紫外線為較佳,作為光源,高壓水銀灯為較佳。照射強度為5~1500mJ/cm2 為較佳,10~1000mJ/cm2 為更佳。 另外,組成物含有熱聚合起始劑時,可以在上述硬化製程中加熱塗膜。作為加熱溫度,並無特別限制,80~250℃為較佳。又,作為加熱時間,並無特別限制,30~300秒為較佳。 另外,在硬化製程中,加熱塗膜時,可以兼做後述後烘烤。換言之,在硬化製程中,加熱塗膜時,黑色層的製造方法可以不包括後烘烤製程。<Curing process> In the curing process, the coating film formed in the coating film formation process is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation for exposure, and the coating film irradiated with light is cured. The method of light irradiation is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to perform light irradiation through a photomask having patterned openings. Exposure by radiation is preferable. As the radiation that can be used for exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-rays, h-rays, and i-rays are particularly preferred. As the light source, a high-pressure mercury lamp is preferred. The irradiation intensity is 5 ~ 1500mJ / cm 2 is preferred, 10 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2 is more preferred. In addition, when the composition contains a thermal polymerization initiator, the coating film may be heated in the above-mentioned curing process. The heating temperature is not particularly limited, but 80 to 250°C is preferred. In addition, the heating time is not particularly limited, but 30 to 300 seconds is preferable. In addition, in the curing process, when heating the coating film, it can also be used as a post-baking as described later. In other words, during the curing process, when the coating film is heated, the manufacturing method of the black layer may not include the post-baking process.

<顯影製程> 顯影製程係對曝光後的上述塗膜進行顯影之製程。藉由本製程,硬化製程中的未照射光部分的塗膜溶出,僅留下光硬化的部分,藉此獲得圖案狀的黑色層。 在顯影製程中使用的顯影液的種類並無特別限制,不會引起基底的攝像元件及電路等的損傷之鹼顯影液為較佳。 作為顯影溫度,例如為20~30℃。 顯影時間例如為20~90秒。為了更佳地去除殘渣,近年來亦有實施120~180秒的情況。進而,為了更加提高殘渣去除性,有時亦反覆進行數次每隔60秒甩去顯影液,進一步重新供給顯影液之製程。<Development process> The development process is a process of developing the above-mentioned coating film after exposure. Through this process, the non-light-irradiated part of the coating film in the curing process is eluted, leaving only the light-cured part, thereby obtaining a patterned black layer. The type of developer used in the development process is not particularly limited, and an alkaline developer that does not cause damage to the imaging elements and circuits of the substrate is preferred. The development temperature is, for example, 20 to 30°C. The development time is, for example, 20 to 90 seconds. In order to better remove the residue, in recent years, it has been implemented for 120 to 180 seconds. Furthermore, in order to further improve the residue removal performance, sometimes the process of spinning off the developer solution every 60 seconds is repeated several times, and further supplying the developer solution again.

作為鹼顯影液,將鹼性化合物在水中溶解至濃度成為0.001~10質量%(較佳為0.01~5質量%)來製備之鹼性水溶液為較佳。 鹼性化合物例如可舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化芐基三甲基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶及1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯等(其中,有機鹼為較佳。)。 另外,用作鹼顯影液時,通常在顯影後利用水實施洗淨處理。As the alkaline developer, an alkaline aqueous solution prepared by dissolving an alkaline compound in water to a concentration of 0.001 to 10% by mass (preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass) is preferred. Examples of basic compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, hydroxide Tetraethylammonium, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]- 7-Undecene, etc. (Among them, organic bases are preferred.). In addition, when it is used as an alkali developer, it is usually washed with water after development.

<後烘烤> 硬化製程之後,進行後加熱處理(後烘烤)為較佳。後烘烤係用於完全硬化之顯影後的加熱處理。其加熱溫度為240℃以下為較佳,220℃以下為更佳。下限無特別限制,若考慮高效且有效的處理,則50℃以上為較佳,100℃以上為更佳。 後烘烤可以利用加熱板、流烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)或高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以連續式或分批進行。<Post-baking> After the hardening process, post-heating treatment (post-baking) is preferred. Post-baking is used for heat treatment after development for complete curing. The heating temperature is preferably 240°C or less, and more preferably 220°C or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and if efficient and effective treatment is considered, 50°C or higher is preferable, and 100°C or higher is more preferable. Post-baking can be carried out continuously or in batches using heating mechanisms such as a heating plate, a flow oven (hot air circulating dryer) or a high-frequency heating machine.

上述後烘烤在低氧濃度的氛圍下進行為較佳。其氧濃度在19體積%以下為較佳,15體積%以下為更佳,10體積%以下為進一步較佳,7體積%以下為特佳,3體積%以下為最佳。下限無特別限制,實際上為10體積ppm以上。The above-mentioned post-baking is preferably performed in an atmosphere with a low oxygen concentration. The oxygen concentration is preferably 19 vol% or less, more preferably 15 vol% or less, more preferably 10 vol% or less, particularly preferably 7 vol% or less, and most preferably 3 vol% or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is actually 10 volume ppm or more.

又,可以變更為基於上述加熱之後烘烤,並藉由UV(紫外線)照射而完成硬化。 此時,上述組成物進一步含有UV硬化劑為較佳。UV硬化劑係能夠在為了基於通常的i射線曝光之微影製程而添加的聚合起始劑的曝光波長亦即比365nm短波的波長下硬化之UV硬化劑為較佳。作為UV硬化劑,例如可舉出Ciba IRGACURE 2959(商品名)。在進行UV照射時,塗膜係在波長340nm以下硬化之材料為較佳。波長的下限值無特別限制,通常為220nm以上。又,UV照射的曝光量為100~5000mJ為較佳,300~4000mJ為更佳,800~3500mJ為進一步較佳。為了更有效地進行低溫硬化,該UV硬化製程在硬化製程之後進行為較佳。曝光光源使用無臭氧水銀燈為較佳。In addition, it can be changed to be based on the above-mentioned heating and then baking, and curing is completed by UV (ultraviolet) irradiation. In this case, it is preferable that the aforementioned composition further contains a UV curing agent. The UV curing agent is preferably a UV curing agent that can be cured at the exposure wavelength of the polymerization initiator added for the lithography process based on the usual i-ray exposure, that is, shorter than the wavelength of 365 nm. As a UV curing agent, Ciba IRGACURE 2959 (trade name) is mentioned, for example. When UV irradiation is performed, it is preferable that the coating is cured at a wavelength of 340nm or less. The lower limit of the wavelength is not particularly limited, but it is usually 220 nm or more. In addition, the exposure amount of UV irradiation is preferably 100 to 5000 mJ, more preferably 300 to 4000 mJ, and more preferably 800 to 3500 mJ. In order to perform low-temperature hardening more effectively, the UV hardening process is preferably performed after the hardening process. The exposure light source is preferably a non-ozone mercury lamp.

[黑色層的物性] 從具有優異之遮光性的觀點考慮,黑色層在400~1200nm的波長區域中的每1.0μm厚度的光學濃度(OD:Optical Density)為1.7以上為較佳,2.0以上為更佳,2.1以上為進一步較佳。另外,上限值並無特別限制,通常10以下為較佳。 另外,在本說明書中,400~1200nm的波長區域中的每1.0μm厚度的光學濃度為2.0以上是表示在波長400~1200nm的整個區域中,每1.0μm厚度的光學濃度為2.0以上。 另外,黑色層(遮光膜)的光學濃度能夠如下測定,首先在玻璃基板上形成黑色層(遮光膜),利用分光光度計U-4100(商品名,Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.製)積分球型受光單元來測定,亦測定測定部位的厚度,算出每一規定厚度的光學濃度。[Physical properties of black layer] From the standpoint of having excellent light-shielding properties, the optical density (OD: Optical Density) per 1.0μm thickness of the black layer in the 400-1200nm wavelength region is preferably 1.7 or more, more preferably 2.0 or more, and 2.1 or more Further better. In addition, the upper limit is not particularly limited, but 10 or less is generally preferred. In addition, in this specification, the optical density per 1.0 μm thickness in the 400 to 1200 nm wavelength region of 2.0 or more means that the optical density per 1.0 μm thickness in the entire wavelength region of 400 to 1200 nm is 2.0 or more. In addition, the optical density of the black layer (light-shielding film) can be measured as follows. First, the black layer (light-shielding film) is formed on a glass substrate, using a spectrophotometer U-4100 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) integrating sphere type The light-receiving unit measures, and also measures the thickness of the measuring part, and calculates the optical density for each predetermined thickness.

黑色層的厚度例如為0.1~4.0μm為較佳,1.0~2.5μm為更佳。又,依據用途,相較於該範圍,黑色層可設為薄膜,亦可設為厚膜。 又,在將黑色層用作光衰減膜時,可以作為比上述範圍更薄的膜(例如0.1~0.5μm)而調整遮光性。此時,400~1200nm的波長區域中的每1.0μm厚度的光學濃度為0.1~1.5為較佳,0.2~1.0為更佳。The thickness of the black layer is preferably 0.1 to 4.0 μm, and more preferably 1.0 to 2.5 μm. Moreover, depending on the application, the black layer may be a thin film or a thick film compared to this range. In addition, when the black layer is used as a light attenuating film, the light-shielding property can be adjusted as a film thinner than the above range (for example, 0.1 to 0.5 μm). At this time, the optical density per 1.0 μm thickness in the wavelength region of 400 to 1200 nm is preferably 0.1 to 1.5, and more preferably 0.2 to 1.0.

[氧阻斷層] 氧阻斷層係形成於黑色層上之層,係具有阻斷從和與黑色層的接觸面相反的一側的面通過黑色層之氧的功能之層。 作為氧阻斷層,可舉出厚度方向的氧透過率(以下,亦簡單記載為“氧透過率”)為50ml/(m2 •day•atm)以下的層,氧透過率為10ml/(m2 •day•atm)以下的層為較佳,1.5ml/(m2 •day•atm)以下的層為更佳,1.0ml/(m2 •day•atm)以下的層為進一步較佳。氧透過率的下限為0.001ml/(m2 •day•atm)為較佳。 氧透過率例如能夠利用氧氣透過率測定裝置(Model8001,ILLINOIS公司製)來測定。[Oxygen blocking layer] The oxygen blocking layer is a layer formed on the black layer and has a function of blocking oxygen passing through the black layer from the surface opposite to the contact surface with the black layer. Examples of the oxygen blocking layer include a layer having an oxygen permeability in the thickness direction (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "oxygen permeability") of 50 ml/(m 2 •day•atm) or less, and an oxygen permeability of 10 ml/( The layer below m 2 •day•atm) is preferred, the layer below 1.5ml/(m 2 •day•atm) is more preferred, and the layer below 1.0ml/(m 2 •day•atm) is further preferred . The lower limit of the oxygen transmission rate is preferably 0.001 ml/(m 2 •day•atm). The oxygen permeability can be measured with an oxygen permeability measuring device (Model 8001, manufactured by ILLINOIS), for example.

氧阻斷層係由無機材料構成之單層。 在本說明書中,“單層”表示構成層之材料的組成沿厚度方向及面內的方向均勻的層。因此,例如,由無機材料a構成之層A與由和無機材料a的組成不同的無機材料b構成之層B的積層體即使在層A及層B中的任一個具有阻斷氧的功能,亦不包括在本說明書中規定之氧阻斷層。 又,“由無機材料構成”表示構成氧阻斷層之材料中的碳原子的含量相對於氧阻斷層的總質量為5質量%以下。上述碳原子的含量相對於氧阻斷層的總質量為2.5質量%以下為較佳。又,上述碳原子的含量的下限並無特別限制,可以為檢測極限以下。 藉由研磨或切削等而在氧阻斷層中形成平滑的面之後,利用電子探針顯微分析儀(EPMA:Electron Probe Micro Analyzer)(例如,JEOL Ltd.製“JXA-8530F”(商品名))分析所形成的平滑面,藉此測定構成氧阻斷層之材料中的碳原子的含量。The oxygen blocking layer is a single layer made of inorganic materials. In this specification, "single layer" means a layer in which the composition of the material constituting the layer is uniform in the thickness direction and the in-plane direction. Therefore, for example, a laminate of a layer A composed of an inorganic material a and a layer B composed of an inorganic material b having a composition different from the inorganic material a has a function of blocking oxygen even in either of the layer A and the layer B, It also does not include the oxygen blocking layer specified in this specification. In addition, "comprised of an inorganic material" means that the content of carbon atoms in the material constituting the oxygen blocking layer is 5% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the oxygen blocking layer. The content of the carbon atoms is preferably 2.5% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the oxygen blocking layer. In addition, the lower limit of the content of the above-mentioned carbon atoms is not particularly limited, and may be the detection limit or less. After a smooth surface is formed in the oxygen blocking layer by grinding or cutting, an electron probe microanalyzer (EPMA: Electron Probe Micro Analyzer) (for example, "JXA-8530F" (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd. )) Analyze the formed smooth surface to determine the content of carbon atoms in the material constituting the oxygen blocking layer.

氧阻斷層的厚度為10~500nm。 藉由氧阻斷層的厚度在上述範圍,能夠製造耐光性與耐濕性的平衡更優異之遮光膜。更詳細而言,若氧阻斷層的厚度為10nm以上,則提高抑制耐光試驗後的遮光膜的膜厚的變動及光學特性(透過率及反射率)的變動之效果,若氧阻斷層的厚度為500nm以下,則提高抑制黑色層從耐濕試驗後的基板剝離之效果。 若氧阻斷層的厚度為500nm以下,則提高耐濕性的理由並不明確,但推測原因如下:若氧阻斷層的厚度大於500nm,則耐濕試驗後,因帶氧阻斷層的黑色層與基板之間的收縮率之差產生的應力變強,導致黑色層從基板剝離。 又,氧阻斷層的厚度為500nm以下的情況下,能夠減少將包括黑色層及氧阻斷層之遮光膜設置於器件上時的、黑色層表面上的反射光和氧阻斷層表面上的反射光的干擾,並能夠防止器件性能的降低。The thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is 10 to 500 nm. When the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is in the above-mentioned range, a light-shielding film having a more excellent balance between light resistance and moisture resistance can be produced. In more detail, if the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is 10 nm or more, the effect of suppressing changes in the thickness of the light-shielding film and changes in optical properties (transmittance and reflectance) after the light resistance test is improved. If the thickness is 500 nm or less, the effect of suppressing the peeling of the black layer from the substrate after the moisture resistance test is improved. If the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is 500 nm or less, the reason for improving the moisture resistance is not clear, but it is presumed that the reason is as follows: if the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is greater than 500 nm, after the humidity resistance test, the The stress generated by the difference in shrinkage between the black layer and the substrate becomes stronger, causing the black layer to peel off from the substrate. In addition, when the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is 500 nm or less, it is possible to reduce the reflected light on the surface of the black layer and the surface of the oxygen blocking layer when the light blocking film including the black layer and the oxygen blocking layer is installed on the device. The interference of reflected light can prevent the degradation of device performance.

從遮光膜的耐濕性及耐熱性更優異之觀點考慮,氧阻斷層的厚度大於50nm且小於250nm為較佳,70~200nm為更佳。 又,黑色層的厚度相對於氧阻斷層的厚度的比率(黑色層的厚度/氧阻斷層的厚度)可以為2~100,從遮光膜的耐濕性及耐熱性更優異之觀點考慮,7~30為較佳,10~25為更佳。From the viewpoint of better moisture resistance and heat resistance of the light-shielding film, the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is preferably greater than 50 nm and less than 250 nm, and more preferably 70 to 200 nm. In addition, the ratio of the thickness of the black layer to the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer (thickness of the black layer/thickness of the oxygen blocking layer) can be 2 to 100, from the viewpoint of the moisture resistance and heat resistance of the light shielding film being more excellent , 7~30 is preferred, 10~25 is more preferred.

作為構成氧阻斷層之無機材料,並無特別限制,可舉出金屬氧化物、金屬氮化物及金屬氮氧化物。 作為包含在無機材料中之金屬,可舉出矽、鈦、鋁、銦、錫、鈮、鋯、鈰、鉭及鋅,矽、鈦或鋁為較佳,矽為更佳。The inorganic material constituting the oxygen blocking layer is not particularly limited, and metal oxides, metal nitrides, and metal oxynitrides can be mentioned. As the metal contained in the inorganic material, silicon, titanium, aluminum, indium, tin, niobium, zirconium, cerium, tantalum, and zinc can be mentioned. Silicon, titanium or aluminum is preferred, and silicon is more preferred.

作為構成氧阻斷層之無機材料的具體例,可舉出氧化矽、氮化矽、氧化銦、氧化錫、氧化鈮、氧化鈦、氧化鋯、氧化鈰、氧化鉭、氧化鋁及氧化鋅,氧化矽及氮化矽為較佳,從遮光膜的耐光性及耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,氧化矽為更佳。Specific examples of inorganic materials constituting the oxygen blocking layer include silicon oxide, silicon nitride, indium oxide, tin oxide, niobium oxide, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, cerium oxide, tantalum oxide, aluminum oxide, and zinc oxide. Silicon oxide and silicon nitride are preferable, and silicon oxide is more preferable from the viewpoint of better light resistance and moisture resistance of the light-shielding film.

又,本發明的氧阻斷層係由無機材料構成之單層,實質上不含有有機成分。 氧阻斷層含有有機成分時,因對氧阻斷層的光照射,包含在內部之有機成分被分解,氧阻斷能力降低。相對於此,由無機材料構成之單層亦即本發明的氧阻斷層能夠防止此類氧阻斷能力的降低。 另外,在本說明書中,氧阻斷層“實質上不含有有機成分”表示構成氧阻斷層之材料中的碳原子的含量相對於氧阻斷層的總質量為5質量%以下。藉由上述方法,利用電子探針顯微分析儀測定構成氧阻斷層之材料中的碳原子的含量。In addition, the oxygen blocking layer of the present invention is a single layer composed of an inorganic material and does not substantially contain an organic component. When the oxygen blocking layer contains organic components, the organic components contained in the oxygen blocking layer are decomposed due to light irradiation to the oxygen blocking layer, and the oxygen blocking ability is reduced. In contrast, a single layer made of an inorganic material, that is, the oxygen blocking layer of the present invention can prevent such a decrease in oxygen blocking ability. In addition, in this specification, the oxygen blocking layer "substantially does not contain organic components" means that the content of carbon atoms in the material constituting the oxygen blocking layer is 5% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the oxygen blocking layer. By the above method, the content of carbon atoms in the material constituting the oxygen blocking layer is measured using an electron probe microanalyzer.

從耐熱性更優異之觀點考慮,氧阻斷層實質上不含有粒子為較佳。這是因為,氧阻斷層含有粒子時,構成層之材料的組成變得不均勻,產生對熱的收縮性不同的區域,因此在高溫環境下氧阻斷層扭曲較大,耐熱性降低。 又,從表面變得更加平滑,反射率的面內均勻性更優異之觀點考慮,氧阻斷層實質上不含有粒子為較佳。 另外,上述“粒子”表示與構成氧阻斷層之無機材料不同組成的物質的粒子,且其粒徑為10nm以上。From the viewpoint of being more excellent in heat resistance, the oxygen blocking layer is preferably substantially free of particles. This is because when the oxygen barrier layer contains particles, the composition of the material constituting the layer becomes non-uniform, and regions with different shrinkage properties to heat are generated. Therefore, the oxygen barrier layer is greatly distorted in a high-temperature environment and the heat resistance is reduced. In addition, from the viewpoint that the surface becomes smoother and the in-plane uniformity of reflectance is more excellent, it is preferable that the oxygen blocking layer contains substantially no particles. In addition, the above-mentioned "particle" means a particle of a substance having a composition different from that of the inorganic material constituting the oxygen blocking layer, and the particle diameter is 10 nm or more.

氧阻斷層中的粒子的含量能夠藉由利用電子探針顯微分析儀(EPMA)(例如,JEOL Ltd.製“JXA-8530F”(商品名))之以下方法來測定。首先,將氧阻斷層研磨或切削而形成平滑的面。之後,利用電子探針顯微分析儀測定所形成的平滑面上的元素組成的分佈,獲得元素組成的映射圖像。在所獲得之映射圖像中,依據元素組成與連續相的不同,確定粒子存在區域。接著,將粒子區域的面積的總和除以觀察面積,藉此獲得觀察面中粒子所佔的面積比率。接著,將該面積比率換算成體積比率(面積比率的3/2次方),進而依據元素組成換算成質量比率,藉此獲得相對於氧阻斷層的總量的粒子的含量。 例如,在由氧化矽(SiO2 )構成之氧阻斷層中存在氧化矽粒子時,因存在於氧化矽粒子的表面之矽醇基(SiOH),氧化矽粒子的輪廓會顯示於映射圖像中,因此能夠確認粒子的存在。如此,依據上述方法,能夠基於氧阻斷層中的連續相與粒子的組成的差異,測定粒子的含量。 另外,在本說明書中,氧阻斷層“實質上不含有粒子”又表示藉由上述方法測定之氧阻斷層中的粒子的含量相對於氧阻斷層的總質量為5質量%以下或檢測極限以下。The content of particles in the oxygen blocking layer can be measured by the following method using an electron probe microanalyzer (EPMA) (for example, "JXA-8530F" (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd.). First, the oxygen blocking layer is polished or cut to form a smooth surface. After that, an electron probe microanalyzer is used to measure the distribution of the element composition on the formed smooth surface to obtain a mapping image of the element composition. In the obtained mapping image, according to the difference of element composition and continuous phase, the particle existence area is determined. Next, the total area of the particle area is divided by the observation area to obtain the area ratio of the particles in the observation surface. Then, the area ratio is converted into a volume ratio (3/2 of the area ratio), and then converted into a mass ratio based on the element composition, thereby obtaining the content of particles relative to the total amount of the oxygen blocking layer. For example, when silicon oxide particles are present in the oxygen blocking layer made of silicon oxide (SiO 2 ), the outline of the silicon oxide particles will be displayed on the mapping image due to the silanol groups (SiOH) present on the surface of the silicon oxide particles Therefore, the presence of particles can be confirmed. In this way, according to the above method, the content of particles can be measured based on the difference in the composition of the continuous phase and the particles in the oxygen blocking layer. In addition, in this specification, the oxygen blocking layer "substantially does not contain particles" also means that the content of particles in the oxygen blocking layer measured by the above method is 5% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the oxygen blocking layer. Below the detection limit.

[氧阻斷層的形成] 形成氧阻斷層之方法並無特別限制,能夠利用公知的無機材料的成膜方法。 作為成膜方法,可舉出基於濺射法、真空沉積法、離子束輔助氣相沉積法、離子鍍法及電漿CVD(化學氣相沉積)法等氣相沉積之形成方法、以及旋塗法、浸塗法、澆鑄法、狹縫塗佈法及噴塗法等濕式法。[Formation of oxygen blocking layer] The method of forming the oxygen blocking layer is not particularly limited, and a known method of forming a film of an inorganic material can be used. Examples of film formation methods include sputtering, vacuum deposition, ion beam assisted vapor deposition, ion plating, plasma CVD (chemical vapor deposition), and other vapor deposition methods, and spin coating Wet method such as dip coating method, casting method, slit coating method and spraying method.

其中,從更容易形成薄膜的觀點考慮,藉由氣相沉積形成氧阻斷層為較佳,從更容易控制厚度,與對象物亦即黑色層的密接力更優異之觀點考慮,藉由濺射法形成氧阻斷層為更佳。 作為濺射法,並無特別限制,可以為脈衝濺射法、AC濺射法及數位濺射法等公知的方法。Among them, from the standpoint of making it easier to form a thin film, it is preferable to form the oxygen blocking layer by vapor deposition. From the standpoint of making it easier to control the thickness and having better adhesion to the object, that is, the black layer, by sputtering It is more preferable to form the oxygen blocking layer by radiation. The sputtering method is not particularly limited, and may be known methods such as pulse sputtering, AC sputtering, and digital sputtering.

例如,藉由濺射法形成氧阻斷層時,在非活性氣體與反應性氣體(例如氧或氮等)的混合氣體氣氛的腔室內,配置表面形成有黑色層之基板,以成為所需組成的方式選擇標靶而形成氧阻斷層。 另外,非活性氣體的種類並無特別限制,能夠使用氬或氦等非活性氣體。又,反應性氣體依據所形成之氧阻斷層的組成來選擇即可。For example, when the oxygen blocking layer is formed by sputtering, it is necessary to arrange a substrate with a black layer formed on the surface in a chamber with a mixed gas atmosphere of inert gas and reactive gas (such as oxygen or nitrogen). The composition method selects the target to form the oxygen blocking layer. In addition, the type of inert gas is not particularly limited, and inert gas such as argon or helium can be used. In addition, the reactive gas may be selected according to the composition of the oxygen blocking layer to be formed.

基於非活性氣體與反應性氣體的混合氣體之腔室內的壓力並無特別限制,1.0Pa以下即可,0.5Pa以下為較佳。基於非活性氣體與反應性氣體的混合氣體之腔室內的壓力的下限值並無特別限制,例如,0.1Pa以上為較佳。 又,利用濺射法形成氧阻斷層時,藉由調整放電功率或成膜時間,能夠調整氧阻斷層的厚度。The pressure in the chamber based on the mixed gas of the inert gas and the reactive gas is not particularly limited, and it may be 1.0 Pa or less, preferably 0.5 Pa or less. The lower limit of the pressure in the chamber based on the mixed gas of the inert gas and the reactive gas is not particularly limited. For example, 0.1 Pa or more is preferable. In addition, when the oxygen blocking layer is formed by a sputtering method, the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer can be adjusted by adjusting the discharge power or the film formation time.

[遮光膜的製造] 本發明的遮光膜之製造方法並無特別限制。 本發明的遮光膜能夠藉由如下製造方法製造,該製造方法具備將含有黑色色材、樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑之遮光性組成物塗佈於支撐體上,並對所獲得之塗膜進行硬化來形成黑色層之製程、及在上述黑色層上形成氧阻斷層之製程。 作為上述“形成黑色層之製程”,適用在上述“黑色層的形成”中說明的方法即可,作為上述“形成氧阻斷層之製程”,適用在上述“氧阻斷層的形成”中說明的方法即可。[Manufacture of shading film] The manufacturing method of the light-shielding film of this invention is not specifically limited. The light-shielding film of the present invention can be manufactured by a manufacturing method comprising coating a light-shielding composition containing a black color material, a resin, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator on a support, and then The process of curing the coating film to form a black layer and the process of forming an oxygen blocking layer on the black layer. As the "process for forming the black layer", the method described in the "formation of the black layer" can be applied, and as the "process for forming the oxygen blocking layer", it is applicable to the "formation of the oxygen blocking layer". The method described is fine.

[遮光膜的物性及用途] 遮光膜的厚度例如0.1~6.0μm為較佳,1.0~3.5μm為更佳。又,依據用途,相較於該範圍,遮光膜可設為薄膜,亦可設為厚膜。 遮光膜的反射率小於5%為較佳,小於3%為更佳,小於2%為進一步較佳。[Physical properties and uses of shading film] The thickness of the light-shielding film is preferably 0.1 to 6.0 μm, and more preferably 1.0 to 3.5 μm. In addition, depending on the application, the light-shielding film may be a thin film or a thick film compared to this range. The reflectance of the light-shielding film is preferably less than 5%, more preferably less than 3%, and more preferably less than 2%.

又,上述遮光膜適於個人計算機、平板電腦、移動電話、智能手機及數位相機等可攜式機器;多功能打印機及掃描儀等OA(Office Automation:辦公室自動化)機器;監視攝影機、條碼讀取器及自動櫃員機(ATM:automated teller machine)、高速相機及具有使用臉部辨識或生物辨識之本人辨識功能之機器等產業用機器;車載用相機機器;內窺鏡、膠囊內窺鏡及導管等醫療用相機設備;以及活體感測器、生物感測器(Biosensor)、軍事偵查用相機、立體地圖用相機、氣象及海洋觀測相機、陸地資源偵查相機、以及宇宙的天文及深空目標用勘探相機等航天機器;等中使用之光學濾波器及模組的遮光構件及遮光膜,進而適於防反射構件以及防反射膜。In addition, the above-mentioned light-shielding film is suitable for portable devices such as personal computers, tablet computers, mobile phones, smartphones, and digital cameras; OA (Office Automation) devices such as multifunction printers and scanners; surveillance cameras, barcode reading Industrial machines such as automated teller machines (ATM: automated teller machines), high-speed cameras, and machines with personal identification functions using facial recognition or biometrics; automotive camera machines; endoscopes, capsule endoscopes, catheters, etc. Medical camera equipment; and living body sensors, biosensors, military reconnaissance cameras, stereo map cameras, meteorological and ocean observation cameras, terrestrial resources reconnaissance cameras, and exploration for astronomical and deep-space targets in the universe Cameras and other aerospace machines; light-shielding members and light-shielding films of optical filters and modules used in such applications, and are further suitable for anti-reflection members and anti-reflection films.

上述遮光膜還能夠用於微型LED(Light Emitting Diode:發光二極體)及微型OLED(Organic Light Emitting Diode:有機發光二極體)等用途。上述遮光膜除了微型LED及微型OLED中使用之光學濾波器及光學薄膜以外,還適於賦予遮光功能或防反射功能之構件。 作為微型LED及微型OLED的例子,可舉出日本特表2015-500562號公報及日本特表2014-533890號公報中記載之例子。The aforementioned light-shielding film can also be used for applications such as micro LED (Light Emitting Diode) and micro OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode: Organic Light Emitting Diode). In addition to optical filters and optical films used in micro LEDs and micro OLEDs, the above-mentioned light-shielding film is also suitable for components that provide light-shielding function or anti-reflection function. As examples of micro LEDs and micro OLEDs, examples described in Japanese Special Publication No. 2015-500562 and Japanese Special Publication No. 2014-533890 can be cited.

上述遮光膜作為用於量子點感測器及量子點固體攝像元件之光學濾波器及光學膜亦較佳。又,適合作為賦予遮光功能及防反射功能之構件。作為量子點感測器及量子點固體攝像元件的例子,可舉出美國專利申請公開第2012/037789號說明書及國際公開第2008/131313號小冊子中記載之例子。The above-mentioned light-shielding film is also preferable as an optical filter and an optical film for quantum dot sensors and quantum dot solid-state imaging devices. Moreover, it is suitable as a member which provides a light-shielding function and an anti-reflection function. As examples of quantum dot sensors and quantum dot solid-state imaging devices, there can be cited the examples described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/037789 and International Publication No. 2008/131313 pamphlets.

[光學元件、以及固體攝像元件及固體攝像裝置] 本發明的遮光膜用於固體攝像元件中亦較佳。 如上所述,本發明的遮光膜的耐光性及耐濕性優異。又,本發明的遮光膜具備優異之耐熱性。[Optical element, and solid-state imaging element and solid-state imaging device] The light-shielding film of the present invention is also preferably used in solid-state imaging devices. As described above, the light-shielding film of the present invention is excellent in light resistance and moisture resistance. In addition, the light-shielding film of the present invention has excellent heat resistance.

本發明亦包括光學元件的發明。本發明的光學元件係具有上述遮光膜之光學元件。作為光學元件,例如可舉出用於相機、雙筒望遠鏡、顯微鏡及半導體曝光裝置等光學機器之光學元件。 其中,作為上述光學元件,例如搭載於相機等之固體攝像元件為較佳。The present invention also includes the invention of optical elements. The optical element of the present invention is an optical element having the above-mentioned light-shielding film. Examples of optical elements include optical elements used in optical devices such as cameras, binoculars, microscopes, and semiconductor exposure devices. Among them, as the above-mentioned optical element, for example, a solid-state imaging element mounted in a camera or the like is preferable.

又,本發明的固體攝像元件係具有上述遮光膜之固體攝像元件。 作為固體攝像元件含有遮光膜之形態,並無特別限制,例如可舉出在基板上具有包括構成固體攝像元件(CCD影像感測器、CMOS影像感測器等)的受光區域之複數個光二極體及多晶矽等之受光元件,並在支撐體的受光元件形成面側(例如受光部以外的部分和/或調整顏色用畫素等)或形成面的相反一側具有遮光膜之形態。 又,將遮光膜用作光衰減膜時,例如,若將光衰減膜配置成一部分光在通過光衰減膜之後入射於受光元件,則能夠改善固體攝像元件的動態範圍。 固體攝像裝置具備上述固體攝像元件。Furthermore, the solid-state imaging device of the present invention is a solid-state imaging device having the above-mentioned light-shielding film. The solid-state imaging element includes a light-shielding film, and there is no particular limitation. For example, a substrate having a plurality of photodiodes including a light-receiving area constituting the solid-state imaging element (CCD image sensor, CMOS image sensor, etc.) Light-receiving elements such as bulk and polysilicon have a form in which a light-shielding film is provided on the side of the light-receiving element forming surface of the support (for example, parts other than the light-receiving part and/or pixels for color adjustment, etc.) or the opposite side of the forming surface. Furthermore, when the light-shielding film is used as the light attenuating film, for example, if the light attenuating film is arranged so that a part of the light enters the light receiving element after passing through the light attenuating film, the dynamic range of the solid-state imaging element can be improved. The solid-state imaging device includes the above-mentioned solid-state imaging element.

參考圖1~圖2,對固體攝像裝置及固體攝像元件的構成例進行說明。另外,在圖1~圖2中,為了使各部清楚,無視厚度和/或寬度的相互比率而誇大表示一部分。 圖1係表示含有本發明的固體攝像元件之固體攝像裝置的構成例之概略剖面圖。 如圖1所示,固體攝像裝置100具備矩形狀的固體攝像元件101、保持在固體攝像元件101的上方且密封該固體攝像元件101之透明的蓋玻璃103。進而,在該蓋玻璃103上隔著間隔物104而重疊設置有透鏡層111。透鏡層111由支撐體113和透鏡材112構成。透鏡層111可以由支撐體113和透鏡材112形成為一體。若透鏡層111的周緣區域入射有雜散光,則因光的擴散而在透鏡材112的聚光效果被減弱,到達攝像部102之光減少。又,亦發生由雜散光引起之雜訊的產生。因此,在該透鏡層111的周緣區域設置遮光膜114而進行遮光。本發明的遮光膜能夠用作上述遮光膜114。1 to 2, a configuration example of a solid-state imaging device and a solid-state imaging element will be described. In addition, in FIG. 1 to FIG. 2, in order to make each part clear, the mutual ratio of thickness and/or width is ignored, and a part is exaggerated and shown. FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of a solid-state imaging device including the solid-state imaging element of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the solid-state imaging device 100 includes a rectangular solid-state imaging element 101 and a transparent cover glass 103 that is held above the solid-state imaging element 101 and seals the solid-state imaging element 101. Furthermore, the lens layer 111 is superposed on this cover glass 103 via the spacer 104. As shown in FIG. The lens layer 111 is composed of a support 113 and a lens material 112. The lens layer 111 may be integrally formed by the support 113 and the lens material 112. If stray light enters the peripheral region of the lens layer 111, the light condensing effect on the lens material 112 due to the diffusion of the light is weakened, and the light reaching the imaging unit 102 is reduced. In addition, noise caused by stray light also occurs. Therefore, a light shielding film 114 is provided in the peripheral region of the lens layer 111 to shield light. The light-shielding film of the present invention can be used as the light-shielding film 114 described above.

固體攝像元件101對成像於成為其受光面之攝像部102之光學像進行光電轉換並作為圖像訊號而輸出。該固體攝像元件101具備積層有2片基板之積層基板105。積層基板105包括同尺寸的矩形狀的晶片基板106及電路基板107,在晶片基板106的背面積層有電路基板107。The solid-state imaging element 101 photoelectrically converts the optical image formed on the imaging section 102 as its light-receiving surface and outputs it as an image signal. The solid-state imaging element 101 includes a multilayer substrate 105 in which two substrates are laminated. The multilayer substrate 105 includes a rectangular wafer substrate 106 and a circuit substrate 107 of the same size, and the circuit substrate 107 is layered on the back area of the wafer substrate 106.

作為用作晶片基板106之基板的材料,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的材料。The material used as the substrate of the wafer substrate 106 is not particularly limited, and known materials can be used.

在晶片基板106的表面中央部設置有攝像部102。又,在攝像部102的周緣區域設置有遮光膜115。藉由遮光膜115遮蔽入射於該周緣區域之散射光,能夠防止產生來自該周緣區域內的電路的暗電流(雜訊)。將本發明的遮光膜用作遮光膜115為較佳。An imaging unit 102 is provided in the center of the surface of the wafer substrate 106. In addition, a light-shielding film 115 is provided in the peripheral region of the imaging unit 102. By shielding the scattered light incident on the peripheral region by the light shielding film 115, it is possible to prevent the generation of dark current (noise) from the circuits in the peripheral region. It is preferable to use the light-shielding film of the present invention as the light-shielding film 115.

在晶片基板106的表面邊緣部設置有複數個電極墊108。電極墊108經由設置於晶片基板106的表面之未圖示的訊號線(接合線亦可)與攝像部102電連接。A plurality of electrode pads 108 are provided on the edge of the surface of the wafer substrate 106. The electrode pad 108 is electrically connected to the imaging unit 102 via a signal wire (not shown in the figure) provided on the surface of the chip substrate 106.

在電路基板107的背面,分別在各電極墊108的大致下方位置設置有外部連接端子109。各外部連接端子109經由垂直貫通積層基板105之貫通電極110而分別與電極墊108連接。又,各外部連接端子109經由未圖示的配線而與控制固體攝像元件101的驅動之控制電路及對輸出自固體攝像元件101的攝像訊號實施圖像處理之圖像處理電路等連接。On the back surface of the circuit board 107, external connection terminals 109 are provided substantially below the electrode pads 108, respectively. Each external connection terminal 109 is connected to the electrode pad 108 via a through electrode 110 that penetrates the build-up substrate 105 vertically. In addition, each external connection terminal 109 is connected to a control circuit that controls the drive of the solid-state imaging element 101, an image processing circuit that performs image processing on the imaging signal output from the solid-state imaging element 101, and the like via wiring not shown.

圖2表示攝像部102的概略剖面圖。如圖2所示,攝像部102由受光元件201、濾色器202、微透鏡203等設置於基板204上的各部構成。濾色器202具有藍色畫素205b、紅色畫素205r、綠色畫素205g及黑矩陣205bm。本發明的遮光膜可以用作黑矩陣205bm。FIG. 2 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the imaging unit 102. As shown in FIG. 2, the imaging unit 102 is composed of light-receiving elements 201, color filters 202, microlenses 203, and other parts provided on a substrate 204. The color filter 202 has a blue pixel 205b, a red pixel 205r, a green pixel 205g, and a black matrix 205bm. The light-shielding film of the present invention can be used as the black matrix 205bm.

作為基板204的材料,能夠使用與前述晶片基板106相同的材料。在基板204的表層形成有p阱層206。在該p阱層206內,以正方格子狀排列形成有包含n型層且藉由光電轉換生成訊號電荷並蓄積之受光元件201。As the material of the substrate 204, the same material as the aforementioned wafer substrate 106 can be used. A p-well layer 206 is formed on the surface layer of the substrate 204. In the p-well layer 206, light-receiving elements 201 including n-type layers are formed in a square grid pattern and generate and accumulate signal charges by photoelectric conversion.

在受光元件201的一側方,經由p阱層206的表層的讀出柵極部207而形成有包括n型層之垂直傳輸路徑208。又,在受光元件201的另一側方,經由包括p型層之元件分離區域209而形成有屬於相鄰畫素的垂直傳輸路徑208。讀出柵極部207係用於將蓄積在受光元件201的訊號電荷讀出至垂直傳輸路徑208的通道區域。On one side of the light-receiving element 201, a vertical transfer path 208 including an n-type layer is formed through the readout gate portion 207 of the surface layer of the p-well layer 206. In addition, on the other side of the light receiving element 201, a vertical transmission path 208 belonging to adjacent pixels is formed through an element isolation region 209 including a p-type layer. The readout gate portion 207 is used to read out the signal charge accumulated in the light receiving element 201 to the channel area of the vertical transmission path 208.

在基板204的表面上形成有包括ONO(Oxide-Nitride-Oxide:氧化物-氮化物-氧化物)膜之柵極絕緣膜210。在該柵極絕緣膜210上,以覆蓋垂直傳輸路徑208、讀出柵極部207及元件分離區域209的大致正上方之方式形成有包括多晶矽或非晶質矽之垂直傳輸電極211。垂直傳輸電極211作為驅動垂直傳輸路徑208來進行電荷傳輸之驅動電極及驅動讀出柵極部207來進行訊號電荷的讀出之讀出電極而發揮功能。訊號電荷在從垂直傳輸路徑208依次傳輸至未圖示的水平傳輸路徑及輸出部(浮動擴散放大器)之後,作為電壓訊號而輸出。A gate insulating film 210 including an ONO (Oxide-Nitride-Oxide) film is formed on the surface of the substrate 204. On the gate insulating film 210, a vertical transfer electrode 211 made of polycrystalline silicon or amorphous silicon is formed so as to cover substantially directly above the vertical transfer path 208, the readout gate portion 207, and the element isolation region 209. The vertical transfer electrode 211 functions as a drive electrode for driving the vertical transfer path 208 for charge transfer and a readout electrode for driving the readout gate portion 207 to read out signal charges. The signal charges are sequentially transmitted from the vertical transmission path 208 to the horizontal transmission path and the output unit (floating diffusion amplifier) not shown, and then output as a voltage signal.

在垂直傳輸電極211上,以覆蓋其表面之方式形成有遮光膜212。遮光膜212在受光元件201的正上方位置具有開口部,而對其以外的區域進行遮光。本發明的遮光膜可以用作遮光膜212。 遮光膜212上設置有透明的中間層,該中間層包括:包括BPSG(borophospho silicate glass:硼磷矽玻璃)之絕緣膜213、包括P-SiN之絕緣膜(鈍化膜)214、包括透明樹脂等之平坦化膜215。濾色器202形成於中間層上。On the vertical transfer electrode 211, a light-shielding film 212 is formed so as to cover the surface thereof. The light-shielding film 212 has an opening at a position directly above the light-receiving element 201 and shields areas other than it from light. The light-shielding film of the present invention can be used as the light-shielding film 212. A transparent intermediate layer is provided on the light-shielding film 212. The intermediate layer includes an insulating film 213 including BPSG (borophospho silicate glass), an insulating film (passivation film) 214 including P-SiN, a transparent resin, etc. The planarization film 215. The color filter 202 is formed on the intermediate layer.

[圖像顯示裝置] 本發明的圖像顯示裝置具備本發明的遮光膜。 作為圖像顯示裝置具有遮光膜之形態,例如可舉出將作為黑矩陣含有遮光膜之濾色器用於圖像顯示裝置之形態。 接著,對黑矩陣及含有黑矩陣之濾色器進行說明,進而,作為圖像顯示裝置的具體例,對含有此類濾色器之液晶顯示裝置進行說明。[Image display device] The image display device of the present invention includes the light-shielding film of the present invention. As a form in which an image display device has a light-shielding film, for example, a form in which a color filter including a light-shielding film as a black matrix is used in an image display device can be cited. Next, the black matrix and the color filter including the black matrix will be described, and further, as a specific example of the image display device, a liquid crystal display device including such a color filter will be described.

[黑矩陣] 本發明的遮光膜用作黑矩陣亦較佳。黑矩陣有時會包含在濾色器、固體攝像元件及液晶顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置。 作為黑矩陣,可舉出以上說明者;設置於液晶顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置的周緣部之黑色的邊緣;紅、藍及綠的畫素之間的格子狀和/或直線狀的黑色的部分;用於TFT(thin film transistor:薄膜電晶體)遮光的點狀和/或線狀的黑色圖案;等。關於該黑矩陣的定義,例如在菅野泰平著,“液晶顯示器製造裝置用語辭典”,第2版,NIKKAN KOGYO SHIMBUN, LTD.,1996年,64頁中有記載。 為了提高顯示對比度,又,為了在使用薄膜電晶體(TFT)之主動矩陣驅動方式的液晶顯示裝置時防止由光的漏電流引起的畫質下降,黑矩陣具有高遮光性(以光學濃度OD計為3以上)為較佳。[Black Matrix] The light-shielding film of the present invention is also preferably used as a black matrix. The black matrix is sometimes included in image display devices such as color filters, solid-state imaging elements, and liquid crystal display devices. Examples of the black matrix include those described above; a black edge provided on the periphery of an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device; a grid-like and/or linear black pattern between red, blue, and green pixels Part; dot-like and/or linear black patterns for TFT (thin film transistor) shading; etc. The definition of this black matrix is described in, for example, Yasuhira Kanno, "Dictionary of Terms for Liquid Crystal Display Manufacturing Device", 2nd Edition, NIKKAN KOGYO SHIMBUN, LTD., 1996, p. 64. In order to improve the display contrast, and to prevent the deterioration of image quality caused by light leakage current when using thin-film transistors (TFT) active matrix drive type liquid crystal display devices, the black matrix has high light-shielding properties (measured by optical density OD) 3 or more) is preferred.

作為黑矩陣的製造方法,並無特別限制,能夠藉由與上述遮光膜之製造方法相同的方法製造。具體而言,將組成物塗佈於基板而形成塗膜,進行曝光及顯影而形成圖案狀的黑色層之後,在黑色層上形成氧阻斷層,藉此能夠製造黑矩陣。另外,作為用作黑矩陣之遮光膜的膜厚,0.1~4.0μm為較佳。The black matrix manufacturing method is not particularly limited, and it can be manufactured by the same method as the manufacturing method of the light shielding film described above. Specifically, the composition is applied to a substrate to form a coating film, and after exposure and development are performed to form a patterned black layer, an oxygen blocking layer is formed on the black layer, whereby a black matrix can be manufactured. In addition, the thickness of the light-shielding film used as the black matrix is preferably 0.1 to 4.0 μm.

作為上述基板的材料,並無特別限制,對可見光(波長400~800nm)具有80%以上的透射率為較佳。作為此類材料,具體而言,例如可舉出鈉鈣玻璃、無鹼玻璃、石英玻璃及硼矽玻璃等玻璃;聚酯系樹脂及聚烯烴系樹脂等塑膠;等,從耐化學性及耐熱性的觀點考慮,無鹼玻璃或石英玻璃等為較佳。The material of the above-mentioned substrate is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to have a transmittance of 80% or more for visible light (wavelength 400 to 800 nm). As such materials, specifically, for example, glass such as soda lime glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, and borosilicate glass; plastics such as polyester resin and polyolefin resin; etc., from chemical resistance and heat resistance From the viewpoint of performance, alkali-free glass or quartz glass is preferable.

<濾色器> 本發明的遮光膜被包含在濾色器亦較佳。 作為濾色器含有遮光膜之形態,並無特別限制,可舉出具備基板和上述黑矩陣之濾色器。亦即,能夠例示出具備在形成於基板上之上述黑矩陣的開口部形成之紅色、綠色及藍色的著色像素之濾色器。<Color filter> It is also preferable that the light-shielding film of the present invention is included in a color filter. There are no particular restrictions on the form in which the color filter includes a light-shielding film, and a color filter provided with a substrate and the above-mentioned black matrix can be mentioned. That is, it is possible to exemplify a color filter having red, green, and blue colored pixels formed in the opening of the black matrix formed on the substrate.

含有黑矩陣之濾色器例如能夠藉由以下方法製造。 首先,在形成於基板上之圖案狀的黑矩陣的開口部形成含有與濾色器的各著色畫素對應之顏料之組成物的塗膜。另外,作為各顏色用組成物,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的組成物,在本說明書中說明的組成物中,使用將黑色色材代替為與各畫素對應之著色劑之組成物為較佳。 接著,經由具有與黑矩陣的開口部對應之圖案之光罩而對塗膜進行曝光。接著,能夠藉由顯影處理去除未曝光部之後,進行烘烤而在黑矩陣的開口部形成著色畫素。例如利用含有紅色、綠色及藍色顏料之各顏色用組成物進行一系列操作,則能夠製造具有紅色、綠色及藍色畫素之濾色器。The color filter containing the black matrix can be manufactured by the following method, for example. First, a coating film of a composition containing a pigment corresponding to each colored pixel of the color filter is formed in the opening of the patterned black matrix formed on the substrate. In addition, there are no particular restrictions on the composition for each color, and known compositions can be used. Among the compositions described in this specification, a composition in which a black color material is used instead of a coloring agent corresponding to each pixel is Better. Next, the coating film is exposed through a photomask having a pattern corresponding to the opening of the black matrix. Next, after removing the unexposed portion by a development process, baking can be performed to form colored pixels in the openings of the black matrix. For example, by performing a series of operations on the composition for each color containing red, green, and blue pigments, it is possible to manufacture color filters with red, green, and blue pixels.

<液晶顯示裝置> 本發明的遮光膜被包含在液晶顯示裝置亦較佳。作為液晶顯示裝置含有遮光膜之形態,並無特別限制,可舉出包含含有已說明的黑矩陣之濾色器之形態。<Liquid crystal display device> The light-shielding film of the present invention is preferably included in a liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device includes a light-shielding film, and there is no particular limitation, and examples include a color filter including the black matrix described above.

作為本實施形態之液晶顯示裝置,例如可舉出具備對向配置之一對基板及封入該等基板之間之液晶化合物之形態。作為上述基板,如作為黑矩陣用的基板已說明。As the liquid crystal display device of the present embodiment, for example, a mode provided with a pair of substrates arranged facing each other and a liquid crystal compound enclosed between the substrates can be cited. As the above-mentioned substrate, the substrate for the black matrix has been described.

作為上述液晶顯示裝置的具體形態,例如可舉出從使用者側依次含有偏振片/基板/濾色器/透明電極層/配向膜/液晶層/配向膜/透明電極層/TFT(Thin Film Transistor:薄膜電晶體)元件/基板/偏振片/背光單元之積層體。As a specific form of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display device, for example, a polarizer/substrate/color filter/transparent electrode layer/alignment film/liquid crystal layer/alignment film/transparent electrode layer/TFT (Thin Film Transistor : Thin film transistor) a laminate of components/substrate/polarizer/backlight unit.

另外,作為液晶顯示裝置,並不限於上述,例如可舉出“電子顯示器件(佐佐木昭夫著,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., LTD. 1990年發行)”、“顯示器件(伊吹順章著,Sangyo Tosho Publishing Co., LTD. 1989年發行)”等中記載之液晶顯示裝置。又,例如可舉出“下一代液晶顯示技術(內田龍男編著,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd. 1994年發行)”中記載之液晶顯示裝置。In addition, the liquid crystal display device is not limited to the above, and examples include "electronic display devices (by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., LTD., 1990)" and "display devices (by Ibuki Junsho, Sangyo Tosho). Publishing Co., LTD. issued in 1989)" and other liquid crystal display devices. Also, for example, the liquid crystal display device described in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (written by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd. 1994)".

[紅外線感測器] 本發明的遮光膜被包含在紅外線感測器亦較佳。 利用圖3對上述實施態樣之紅外線感測器進行說明。圖3係表示具備本發明的遮光膜之紅外線感測器的構成例之概略剖面圖。圖3所示之紅外線感測器300具備固體攝像元件310。 設置於固體攝像元件310上之攝像區域將紅外線吸收過濾器311和本發明的實施形態之濾色器312組合而構成。 紅外線吸收過濾器311係透射可見光區域的光(例如波長400~700nm的光),且遮蔽紅外區域的光(例如波長800~1300nm的光,較佳為波長900~1200nm的光,更佳為波長900~1000nm的光)之膜,作為著色劑能夠使用含有紅外線吸收劑(作為紅外線吸收劑的形態如上述說明。)之硬化膜。 濾色器312係形成有透射及吸收可見光區域中特定波長的光之畫素之濾色器,例如使用形成有紅色(R)、綠色(G)、藍色(B)的畫素之濾色器等,其形態如上述說明。 在紅外線透射過濾器313與固體攝像元件310之間,配置有能夠透射紅外線透射過濾器313之波長的光之樹脂膜314(例如透明樹脂膜等)。 紅外線透射過濾器313係具有可見光遮蔽性,且使特定波長的紅外線透射之過濾器,並能夠使用含有吸收可見光區域的光之著色劑(例如苝化合物和/或苯并呋喃酮化合物等)及紅外線吸收劑(例如吡咯并吡咯化合物、酞菁化合物、萘酞菁化合物及聚次甲基化合物等)之遮光膜。紅外線透射過濾器313例如遮蔽波長400~830nm的光,透射波長900~1300nm的光為較佳。 濾色器312及紅外線透射濾波器313的入射光hν側配置有微透鏡315。以覆蓋微透鏡315之方式形成有平坦化膜316。 在圖3所示之形態中,配置有樹脂膜314,但可以形成紅外線透射過濾器313來代替樹脂膜314。亦即,可以在固體攝像元件310上形成紅外線透射過濾器313。 又,在圖3所示之形態中,濾色器312的膜厚與紅外線透射過濾器313的膜厚相同,但兩者的膜厚可以不同。 又,在圖3所示之形態中,濾色器312設置於比紅外線吸收過濾器311更靠近入射光hν側的位置,但亦可以調換紅外線吸收過濾器311和濾色器312的順序,而將紅外線吸收過濾器311設置於比濾色器312更靠近入射光hν側的位置。 又,在圖3所示之形態中,相鄰積層有紅外線吸收過濾器311和濾色器312,但兩個過濾器無需一定要相鄰,可以在兩個過濾器之間設置其他層。本發明遮光膜除了能夠用作紅外線吸收過濾器311的表面的端部和/或側面等的遮光膜以外,若用於紅外線感測器的裝置內壁,則還能夠防止內部反射和/或對受光部的未預期的光入射而提高靈敏度。 依據該紅外線感測器,由於能夠同時獲取圖像資訊,因此能夠進行辨識檢測動作之對象之動作感測等。又,依據該紅外線感測器,能夠獲取距離資訊,因此能夠進行包含3D資訊之圖像的攝影等。進而,該紅外線感測器亦能夠用作生物辨識感測器。[Infrared Sensor] It is also preferable that the light shielding film of the present invention is included in an infrared sensor. The infrared sensor of the above embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 3. Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an infrared sensor provided with the light-shielding film of the present invention. The infrared sensor 300 shown in FIG. 3 includes a solid-state imaging element 310. The imaging area provided on the solid-state imaging element 310 is configured by combining the infrared absorption filter 311 and the color filter 312 of the embodiment of the present invention. The infrared absorption filter 311 transmits light in the visible light region (for example, light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm), and shields light in the infrared region (for example, light with a wavelength of 800 to 1300 nm, preferably light with a wavelength of 900 to 1200 nm, more preferably a wavelength For the film of 900-1000nm light), as a coloring agent, a cured film containing an infrared absorber (the form of the infrared absorber is as described above) can be used. The color filter 312 is a color filter formed with pixels that transmit and absorb light of a specific wavelength in the visible light region, such as a color filter formed with pixels of red (R), green (G), and blue (B) The form of the device is as described above. Between the infrared transmission filter 313 and the solid-state imaging element 310, a resin film 314 (for example, a transparent resin film, etc.) capable of transmitting light of the wavelength of the infrared transmission filter 313 is arranged. The infrared transmission filter 313 is a filter that has visible light shielding properties and transmits infrared light of a specific wavelength, and can use coloring agents that absorb light in the visible light region (such as perylene compounds and/or benzofuranone compounds) and infrared rays. Light-shielding film of absorber (for example, pyrrolopyrrole compound, phthalocyanine compound, naphthalocyanine compound, polymethine compound, etc.). The infrared transmission filter 313 shields light with a wavelength of 400 to 830 nm, and preferably transmits light with a wavelength of 900 to 1300 nm. The color filter 312 and the infrared transmission filter 313 are provided with a microlens 315 on the hν side of the incident light. A planarization film 316 is formed to cover the microlens 315. In the form shown in FIG. 3, a resin film 314 is arranged, but an infrared transmission filter 313 may be formed instead of the resin film 314. In other words, the infrared transmission filter 313 may be formed on the solid-state imaging element 310. In addition, in the form shown in FIG. 3, the film thickness of the color filter 312 and the film thickness of the infrared transmission filter 313 are the same, but the film thicknesses of the two may be different. In addition, in the form shown in FIG. 3, the color filter 312 is provided at a position closer to the incident light hν side than the infrared absorption filter 311. However, the order of the infrared absorption filter 311 and the color filter 312 may also be changed. The infrared absorption filter 311 is provided at a position closer to the hν side of the incident light than the color filter 312. Furthermore, in the form shown in FIG. 3, the infrared absorption filter 311 and the color filter 312 are laminated adjacently, but the two filters do not have to be adjacent to each other, and another layer may be provided between the two filters. The light-shielding film of the present invention can be used as a light-shielding film for the end and/or side of the surface of the infrared absorption filter 311, if used on the inner wall of the infrared sensor device, it can also prevent internal reflection and/or interference. Unexpected light incident on the light receiving part increases sensitivity. According to this infrared sensor, since image information can be acquired at the same time, it is possible to perform motion sensing for identifying and detecting the object of motion. In addition, according to the infrared sensor, distance information can be obtained, and therefore, it is possible to perform photography of images including 3D information. Furthermore, the infrared sensor can also be used as a biometric sensor.

接著,對適用上述紅外線感測器之固體攝像裝置進行說明。 上述固體攝像裝置含有透鏡光學系統、固體攝像元件、紅外發光二極體等。另外,關於固體攝像裝置的各結構,能夠參考日本特開2011-233983號公報的段落0032~0036,該內容引入本說明書中。Next, a solid-state imaging device to which the above-mentioned infrared sensor is applied will be described. The solid-state imaging device described above includes a lens optical system, a solid-state imaging element, an infrared light-emitting diode, and the like. In addition, regarding each configuration of the solid-state imaging device, reference can be made to paragraphs 0032 to 0036 of JP 2011-233983 A, which are incorporated into this specification.

[頭燈單元] 本發明的遮光膜被包含在汽車等車輛用燈具的頭燈單元中亦較佳。包含在頭燈單元之本發明的硬化膜為了遮蔽從光源射出之光的至少一部分,形成為圖案狀為較佳。 利用圖4及圖5對上述實施態樣之頭燈單元進行說明。 圖4係表示頭燈單元的構成例之示意圖,圖5係表示頭燈單元的遮光部的構成例之示意的立體圖。 如圖4所示,頭燈單元10具有光源12、遮光部14、透鏡16,依次配置有光源12、遮光部14及透鏡16。 如圖5所示,遮光部14具有基體20和遮光膜22。 遮光膜22中形成有用於以特定的形狀照射從光源12射出之光的圖案狀的開口部23。由遮光膜22的開口部23的形狀確定從透鏡16照射之配光圖案。透鏡16係投射通過遮光部14之來自光源12的光L者。只要能夠從光源12照射特定的配光圖案,則不一定需要透鏡16。透鏡16係依據光L的照射距離及照射範圍而適當確定者。 又,基體20只要能夠保持遮光膜22,則其結構並無特別限定,但不會因光源12的熱等而變形者為較佳,例如,由玻璃構成。 圖5示出配光圖案的一例,但並不限定於此。 又,光源12亦不限定於1個,例如,可以配置成列狀,亦可以配置成矩陣狀。設置複數個光源時,例如,可以為對1個光源12設置1個遮光部14的結構。此時,複數個遮光部14的各遮光膜22全部可以為相同的圖案,亦可以為分別不同的圖案。[Headlight Unit] The light-shielding film of the present invention is preferably included in a headlight unit of a vehicle lamp such as an automobile. In order to shield at least a part of the light emitted from the light source, the cured film of the present invention included in the headlight unit is preferably formed in a pattern. The headlight unit of the above-mentioned embodiment will be described using FIGS. 4 and 5. 4 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration example of the headlight unit, and FIG. 5 is a schematic perspective view showing a configuration example of the light shielding portion of the headlight unit. As shown in FIG. 4, the headlight unit 10 has a light source 12, a light shielding part 14, and a lens 16, and the light source 12, the light shielding part 14, and the lens 16 are arrange|positioned in this order. As shown in FIG. 5, the light shielding portion 14 has a base 20 and a light shielding film 22. The light shielding film 22 has a patterned opening 23 for irradiating light emitted from the light source 12 in a specific shape. The light distribution pattern irradiated from the lens 16 is determined by the shape of the opening 23 of the light shielding film 22. The lens 16 projects the light L from the light source 12 passing through the light shielding portion 14. As long as the light source 12 can irradiate a specific light distribution pattern, the lens 16 is not necessarily required. The lens 16 is appropriately determined according to the irradiation distance and irradiation range of the light L. In addition, as long as the base 20 can hold the light-shielding film 22, its structure is not particularly limited. However, it is preferable that it is not deformed by the heat of the light source 12 or the like. For example, it is made of glass. FIG. 5 shows an example of a light distribution pattern, but it is not limited to this. In addition, the light source 12 is not limited to one. For example, it may be arranged in a row or in a matrix. When a plurality of light sources are installed, for example, one light shielding part 14 may be provided for one light source 12. At this time, all the light-shielding films 22 of the plurality of light-shielding parts 14 may have the same pattern or may have different patterns.

對基於遮光膜22的圖案之配光圖案進行說明。 圖6係表示基於頭燈單元之配光圖案的一例之示意圖,圖7係表示基於頭燈單元之配光圖案的另一例之示意圖。另外,圖6所示之配光圖案30和圖7所示之配光圖案32均表示被照射光之區域。又,圖6所示之區域31及圖7所示之區域31均表示在未設置有遮光膜22時以光源12(參考圖4)照射之照射區域。 例如,如圖6所示之配光圖案30,因遮光膜22的圖案,光的強度在邊緣30a急劇下降。例如,圖6所示之配光圖案30成為靠左行駛時不會向對向車照射光之圖案。 又,如圖7所示之配光圖案32,亦能夠設為將圖6所示之配光圖案30的一部分切除之圖案。此時,亦與圖6所示之配光圖案30同樣地,光的強度在邊緣32a急劇下降,例如成為靠左行駛時不會向對向車照射光之圖案。進而,光的強度在缺口部33亦急劇下降。因此,在與缺口部33對應之區域,例如能夠標示表示道路為轉彎、上坡、下坡等狀態之標誌。藉此,能夠提高夜間行駛時的安全性。The light distribution pattern based on the pattern of the light shielding film 22 will be described. 6 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a light distribution pattern based on the headlight unit, and FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing another example of a light distribution pattern based on the headlight unit. In addition, the light distribution pattern 30 shown in FIG. 6 and the light distribution pattern 32 shown in FIG. 7 both indicate areas where light is irradiated. In addition, the area 31 shown in FIG. 6 and the area 31 shown in FIG. 7 both represent the irradiation area irradiated by the light source 12 (refer to FIG. 4) when the light shielding film 22 is not provided. For example, in the light distribution pattern 30 shown in FIG. 6, due to the pattern of the light shielding film 22, the intensity of light drops sharply at the edge 30a. For example, the light distribution pattern 30 shown in FIG. 6 is a pattern that does not irradiate light to an oncoming car when driving to the left. In addition, the light distribution pattern 32 shown in FIG. 7 can also be a pattern in which a part of the light distribution pattern 30 shown in FIG. 6 is cut off. At this time, similarly to the light distribution pattern 30 shown in FIG. 6, the intensity of the light drops sharply at the edge 32a, for example, it becomes a pattern that does not irradiate light to the oncoming car when driving to the left. Furthermore, the intensity of light also drops sharply in the notch 33. Therefore, in the area corresponding to the notch 33, for example, a sign indicating that the road is turning, uphill, or downhill can be displayed. This can improve safety during night driving.

另外,遮光部14並不限定於固定並配置在光源12與透鏡16之間,亦能夠設為藉由未圖示之驅動機構,依據需要設置於光源12與透鏡16之間而獲得特定的配光圖案的結構。 又,亦可以用遮光部14構成能夠遮蔽來自光源12的光之遮光構件。 此時,亦能夠設為藉由未圖示之驅動機構,依據需要設置於光源12與透鏡16之間而獲得特定的配光圖案的結構。 [實施例]In addition, the light-shielding portion 14 is not limited to be fixed and arranged between the light source 12 and the lens 16, and can also be set as a drive mechanism not shown in the figure to be arranged between the light source 12 and the lens 16 to obtain a specific configuration. The structure of the light pattern. In addition, the light-shielding portion 14 may be used to constitute a light-shielding member capable of shielding the light from the light source 12. At this time, it can also be set as a structure in which a drive mechanism not shown is provided between the light source 12 and the lens 16 as necessary to obtain a specific light distribution pattern. [Example]

以下依據實施例對本發明進行更詳細的說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容及處理步驟等只要不脫離本發明的主旨,則能夠適當變更。藉此,本發明的範圍並不應藉由以下示出之實施例限定性地解釋。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, and processing procedures shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not depart from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be limitedly interpreted by the embodiments shown below.

[色材組成物的製備] 製備含有以下黑色色材之色材組成物,用於遮光性組成物的製備。[Preparation of color material composition] Prepare the color material composition containing the following black color materials for the preparation of the light-shielding composition.

<鈦黑分散液(色材組成物A-1)的製備> 稱量100g的平均粒徑15nm的氧化鈦MT-150A(商品名,TAYCA CORPORATION製)、25g的BET表面積300m2 /g的氧化矽粒子AEROGIL(註冊商標)300/30(EVONIK公司製)及100g的分散劑Disperbyk190(商品名,BYK-Chemie GmbH製),將該等混合。對所獲得之混合物添加了離子電交換水71g。使用KURABO製MAZERSTAR KK-400W,以公転轉速1360rpm、自転轉速1047rpm,對所獲得之混合物進行20分鐘處理,藉此獲得了更均勻的分散液。將該分散液填充至石英容器,利用小型旋轉窯(Motoyama Co., Ltd.製),在氧氣氛中加熱至920℃。之後,用氮置換氣氛,並在相同溫度下,使銨氣以100mL/min流通5小時,藉此實施了氮化還元處理。氮化還元處理結束後,將所回收之粉末用乳鉢粉碎,藉此獲得了粉末狀的比表面積73m2 /g的鈦黑(色材a-1)。<Preparation of titanium black dispersion (color material composition A-1)> Weigh 100g of titanium oxide MT-150A (trade name, manufactured by TAYCA CORPORATION) with an average particle diameter of 15nm, 25g of BET surface area 300m 2 /g oxidation Silicon particles AEROGIL (registered trademark) 300/30 (manufactured by EVONIK) and 100 g of dispersing agent Disperbyk 190 (trade name, manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH) were mixed. 71 g of ion exchange water was added to the obtained mixture. Using MAZERSTAR KK-400W manufactured by KURABO, the obtained mixture was processed for 20 minutes at a shaft speed of 1360 rpm and a self speed of 1047 rpm, thereby obtaining a more uniform dispersion. This dispersion liquid was filled in a quartz container, and heated to 920°C in an oxygen atmosphere in a small rotary kiln (manufactured by Motoyama Co., Ltd.). After that, the atmosphere was replaced with nitrogen, and ammonium gas was circulated at 100 mL/min for 5 hours at the same temperature, thereby performing nitridation reduction treatment. After the nitridation reduction treatment was completed, the recovered powder was pulverized with a mortar, thereby obtaining powdery titanium black (color material a-1) with a specific surface area of 73 m 2 /g.

對上述中獲得之色材a-1(20質量份)添加具有由下述式(X-1)表示之結構之分散樹脂X-1(5.5質量份)之後,進一部添加丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(以下記載為“PGMEA”)至固體成分濃度成為35質量%。After adding dispersing resin X-1 (5.5 parts by mass) having a structure represented by the following formula (X-1) to the color material a-1 (20 parts by mass) obtained above, further adding propylene glycol monomethyl ether ethyl The acid ester (hereinafter referred to as "PGMEA") until the solid content concentration becomes 35% by mass.

[化學式25]

Figure 02_image059
[Chemical formula 25]
Figure 02_image059

上述式(X-1)中,標註於各重複單元之數字表示各重複單元的莫耳比。又,上述分散樹脂X-1的重量平均分子量為32000。 將所獲得之分散物利用攪拌機充分攪拌,進行了預混合。使用分散機NPM Pilot(商品名,SHINMARU ENTERPRISES CORPORATION製),以下述條件,對所獲得之分散物進行分散處理,藉此獲得了含有色材a-1之分散液亦即色材組成物A-1。In the above formula (X-1), the numbers attached to each repeating unit indicate the molar ratio of each repeating unit. In addition, the weight average molecular weight of the dispersion resin X-1 was 32,000. The obtained dispersion was thoroughly stirred with a mixer and premixed. Using a dispersing machine NPM Pilot (trade name, manufactured by SHINMARU ENTERPRISES CORPORATION), the obtained dispersion was subjected to dispersion treatment under the following conditions, thereby obtaining a dispersion containing color material a-1, that is, color material composition A- 1.

(分散條件) •珠徑:φ0.05mm •微珠填充率:65體積% •研磨圓周速度:10m/sec •分離器圓周速度:11m/s •進行分散處理之混合液量:15.0g •循環流量(泵供給量):60kg/小時 •處理液溫度:20~25℃ •冷卻水:自來水(5℃) •珠磨機環狀通道內容積:2.2L •通過次數:84道次(Dispersion condition) •Bead diameter: φ0.05mm •Bead filling rate: 65% by volume • Grinding peripheral speed: 10m/sec • Peripheral speed of separator: 11m/s •Amount of mixed liquid for dispersion treatment: 15.0g •Circulation flow (pump supply): 60kg/hour • Treatment liquid temperature: 20~25℃ •Cooling water: tap water (5℃) • Internal volume of the ring channel of the bead mill: 2.2L • Number of passes: 84 passes

<有機顏料分散液(色材組成物A-2)的製備> 混合了作為色材a-2含有苯并呋喃酮化合物之有機顏料(商品名“Irgaphor Black S0100CF”,BASF公司製)(150質量份)、分散樹脂X-1(75質量份)、SOLSPERSE 20000(顏料衍生物、Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製)(25質量份)及3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯(MBA)(750質量份)。分散樹脂X-1與在上述色材組成物A-2的分散液的製備中使用者相同。 利用均質儀(PRIMIX Corporation製),將所獲得之混合物攪拌20分鐘,藉此獲得了預分散液。進而,使用具備離心分離器之ULTRA APEX MILL (KOTOBUKI KOGYOU CO., LTD.製),以下述分散條件對所獲得之預分散液進行3小時分散處理,藉此獲得了分散組成物。分散結束後,利用過濾器將微珠與分散液分離,藉此獲得了含有色材a-2之分散液亦即色材組成物A-2。所獲得之分散液的固體成分濃度為25質量%,色材a-2/樹脂成分(分散樹脂X-1和顏料衍生物的合計)的比例為60/40(質量比)。 另外,SOLSPERSE 20000係胺值為29mgKOH/g,無酸值,作為顏料吸附基具有三級胺之化合物。<Preparation of organic pigment dispersion (color material composition A-2)> As the color material a-2, an organic pigment containing a benzofuranone compound (trade name "Irgaphor Black S0100CF", manufactured by BASF Corporation) (150 parts by mass), dispersion resin X-1 (75 parts by mass), SOLSPERSE 20000 ( Pigment derivative, Lubrizol Japan Ltd. make) (25 parts by mass), and 3-methoxybutyl acetate (MBA) (750 parts by mass). The dispersing resin X-1 is the same as that used in the preparation of the dispersion liquid of the above-mentioned color material composition A-2. Using a homogenizer (manufactured by PRIMIX Corporation), the obtained mixture was stirred for 20 minutes to obtain a pre-dispersion liquid. Furthermore, using ULTRA APEX MILL (manufactured by KOTOBUKI KOGYOU CO., LTD.) equipped with a centrifugal separator, the obtained pre-dispersed liquid was subjected to a dispersion treatment for 3 hours under the following dispersion conditions, thereby obtaining a dispersion composition. After the dispersion was completed, the beads and the dispersion were separated by a filter, thereby obtaining a dispersion containing the color material a-2, that is, the color material composition A-2. The solid content concentration of the obtained dispersion liquid was 25% by mass, and the ratio of the color material a-2/resin component (the total of the dispersion resin X-1 and the pigment derivative) was 60/40 (mass ratio). In addition, SOLSPERSE 20000 is a compound with an amine value of 29 mgKOH/g, no acid value, and a tertiary amine as a pigment adsorption group.

(分散條件) •使用微珠:φ0.30mm的氧化鋯珠(YTZ球,Neturen Co., Ltd.製) •微珠填充率:75體積% •研磨圓周速度:8m/sec •進行分散處理之混合液量:1000g •循環流量(泵供給量):13kg/小時 •處理液溫度:25~30℃ •冷卻水:自來水(5℃) •珠磨機環狀通道內容積:0.15L •通過次數:90道次(Dispersion condition) •Using microbeads: φ0.30mm zirconia beads (YTZ balls, manufactured by Neturen Co., Ltd.) •Bead filling rate: 75% by volume • Grinding peripheral speed: 8m/sec •The amount of mixed liquid for dispersion treatment: 1000g •Circulation flow (pump supply): 13kg/hour • Treatment liquid temperature: 25~30℃ •Cooling water: tap water (5℃) •Inner volume of ring channel of bead mill: 0.15L • Number of passes: 90 passes

<有機顏料分散液(色材組成物A-3)的製備> 將含有苝化合物之有機顏料(商品名“PALIOGEN Black S0084”,BASF公司製)用作色材a-3來代替色材a-2,除此以外,按照上述色材組成物A-2的製造方法,獲得了含有色材a-3之分散液亦即色材組成物A-3。<Preparation of organic pigment dispersion (color material composition A-3)> An organic pigment containing a perylene compound (trade name "PALIOGEN Black S0084", manufactured by BASF) is used as the color material a-3 instead of the color material a-2. Otherwise, according to the production of the color material composition A-2 above By the method, the dispersion liquid containing the color material a-3, that is, the color material composition A-3 is obtained.

<碳黑分散液(色材組成物A-4)的製備> 利用通常的油爐法製造了碳黑。然而,作為原料油,用Na分量、Ca分量及S分量少的乙烯底油,利用氣體燃料進行了燃燒。進而,作為反應停止水,使用了用離子交換樹脂進行了處理的純水。 利用均質儀,將所獲得之碳黑(540g)與純水(14500g)一同以5,000~6,000rpm歷經30分鐘攪拌,藉此獲得了漿料。將該漿料轉移至帶螺桿型攪拌機的容器,一邊以約1,000rpm混合,一邊向該容器內一點點添加了溶解環氧樹脂“Epikote 828”(JER公司製)(60g)之甲苯(600g)。歷經約15分鐘,分散於水中的所有碳黑轉移至甲苯側,成為粒徑約1mm的顆粒。 接著,用60目金屬網進行控水之後,將分離出的顆粒放入真空乾燥機,以70℃乾燥7小時,去除甲苯及水,藉此獲得了樹脂包覆碳黑(色材a-4)。所獲得之樹脂包覆碳黑的樹脂包覆量相對於碳黑和樹脂的合計量為10質量%。<Preparation of carbon black dispersion (color material composition A-4)> Carbon black was produced by the usual oil furnace method. However, as the raw material oil, an ethylene base oil with a small amount of Na, Ca, and S was used for combustion with gas fuel. Furthermore, as the reaction stop water, pure water treated with an ion exchange resin was used. Using a homogenizer, the obtained carbon black (540 g) and pure water (14500 g) were stirred at 5,000 to 6,000 rpm for 30 minutes to obtain slurry. The slurry was transferred to a container with a screw-type mixer, and while mixing at about 1,000 rpm, toluene (600 g) which dissolved epoxy resin "Epikote 828" (manufactured by JER) (60 g) was added to the container little by little. . After about 15 minutes, all the carbon black dispersed in the water was transferred to the toluene side and became particles with a particle size of about 1 mm. Next, after controlling the water with a 60-mesh metal net, the separated particles were put into a vacuum dryer and dried at 70°C for 7 hours to remove toluene and water, thereby obtaining resin-coated carbon black (color material a-4 ). The resin coating amount of the obtained resin-coated carbon black was 10% by mass relative to the total amount of carbon black and resin.

混合在上述中獲得之色材a-4(20質量份)、分散樹脂X-1(4.5質量份)及SOLSPERSE 12000(Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製)(1質量份),對所獲得之混合物添加PGMEA至固體成分濃度成為35質量%。分散樹脂X-1與在上述色材組成物A-1的製備中使用者相同。 將所獲得之分散物利用攪拌機充分攪拌,進行了預混合。使用KOTOBUKI KOGYOU CO., LTD.製的ULTRA APEX MILL UAM015,以下述條件對所獲得之分散物進行分散處理,藉此獲得了分散組成物。分散結束後,利用過濾器將微珠與分散液分離,藉此獲得了含有色材a-4之分散液亦即色材組成物A-4。The color material a-4 (20 parts by mass), dispersing resin X-1 (4.5 parts by mass) and SOLSPERSE 12000 (manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Ltd.) (1 part by mass) obtained in the above were mixed, and PGMEA was added to the obtained mixture Until the solid content concentration becomes 35% by mass. The dispersing resin X-1 is the same as that used in the preparation of the above-mentioned color material composition A-1. The obtained dispersion was thoroughly stirred with a mixer and premixed. Using ULTRA APEX MILL UAM015 manufactured by KOTOBUKI KOGYOU CO., LTD., the obtained dispersion was subjected to a dispersion treatment under the following conditions to obtain a dispersion composition. After the dispersion was completed, the beads and the dispersion were separated by a filter, thereby obtaining a dispersion containing the color material a-4, that is, the color material composition A-4.

(分散條件) •珠徑:φ0.05mm •微珠填充率:75體積% •研磨圓周速度:8m/sec •進行分散處理之混合液量:500g •循環流量(泵供給量):13kg/小時 •處理液溫度:25~30℃ •冷卻水:自來水(5℃) •珠磨機環狀通道內容積:0.15L •通過次數:90道次(Dispersion condition) •Bead diameter: φ0.05mm •Bead filling rate: 75% by volume • Grinding peripheral speed: 8m/sec •Amount of mixed liquid for dispersion treatment: 500g •Circulation flow (pump supply): 13kg/hour • Treatment liquid temperature: 25~30℃ •Cooling water: tap water (5℃) •Inner volume of ring channel of bead mill: 0.15L • Number of passes: 90 passes

<鈦黑分散液(色材組成物A-5)的製備> 使用具有由下述式(X-2)表示之結構之分散樹脂X-2來代替分散樹脂X-1,除此以外,按照上述色材組成物A-1的製造方法,獲得了含有色材a-1之分散液亦即色材組成物A-5。<Preparation of titanium black dispersion (color material composition A-5)> The dispersion resin X-2 having the structure represented by the following formula (X-2) was used instead of the dispersion resin X-1. In addition, the color material containing color material was obtained according to the manufacturing method of the color material composition A-1 above The dispersion of a-1 is the color material composition A-5.

[化學式26]

Figure 02_image061
[Chemical formula 26]
Figure 02_image061

上述式(X-2)中,標註於各重複單元之數字表示各重複單元的莫耳比。又,上述分散樹脂X-2的重量平均分子量為33000。In the above formula (X-2), the numbers attached to each repeating unit indicate the molar ratio of each repeating unit. In addition, the weight average molecular weight of the dispersion resin X-2 was 33,000.

[鹼可溶性樹脂] <鹼可溶性樹脂B-1的合成> 在乾燥氮氣流下,將30.03g的2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷(0.082莫耳)、1.24g的1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷(0.005莫耳)及作為封端劑之2.73g的3-胺基苯酚(0.025莫耳)溶解於100g的N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(以下,亦記載為“NMP”)。對所獲得之溶液添加了31.02g的雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)醚二酐(0.10莫耳)及30g的NMP。將所獲得之溶液以20℃攪拌1小時,進而一邊去除水一邊以180℃攪拌了4小時。反應結束後,將反應液投入2L的水中,藉由過濾收集了所生成的沉澱物。將所獲得之沈澱物用水清洗3次,以80℃的真空乾燥機乾燥20小時,藉此合成了鹼可溶性樹脂B-1(聚醯亞胺樹脂)。[Alkali-soluble resin] <Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin B-1> Under a stream of dry nitrogen, 30.03g of 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane (0.082mol), 1.24g of 1,3-bis(3-aminopropyl) ) Tetramethyl disiloxane (0.005 mol) and 2.73 g of 3-aminophenol (0.025 mol) as a blocking agent are dissolved in 100 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (below, also Described as "NMP"). 31.02 g of bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether dianhydride (0.10 mol) and 30 g of NMP were added to the obtained solution. The obtained solution was stirred at 20°C for 1 hour, and further stirred at 180°C for 4 hours while removing water. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction liquid was poured into 2 L of water, and the generated precipitate was collected by filtration. The obtained precipitate was washed with water three times and dried in a vacuum dryer at 80°C for 20 hours, thereby synthesizing alkali-soluble resin B-1 (polyimide resin).

<鹼可溶性樹脂B-2> 又,作為鹼可溶性樹脂B-2,使用了具有由下述式(B-2)表示之結構之樹脂。<Alkali-soluble resin B-2> In addition, as the alkali-soluble resin B-2, a resin having a structure represented by the following formula (B-2) was used.

[化學式27]

Figure 02_image063
[Chemical formula 27]
Figure 02_image063

<鹼可溶性樹脂B-3的合成> 氮氣流下,將使二苯醚-4,4’-二羧酸41.3g與1-羥基-1,2,3-苯并三唑43.2g反應來獲得之二羧酸衍生物的混合物0.16莫耳和2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷73.3g溶解於NMP560g,之後使其在75℃反應12小時。接著,添加溶解於NMP70g之5-降莰烯-2,3-二羧酸酐13.1g,進而攪拌了12小時。過濾反應混合物之後,滴加於水/甲醇=3/1(體積比)的溶液中,藉此獲得了白色沈澱。將沈澱用水清洗3次之後,用真空乾燥機以80℃乾燥24小時,藉此獲得了鹼可溶性樹脂B-3(包括聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之樹脂)。<Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin B-3> Under nitrogen flow, 41.3 g of diphenyl ether-4,4'-dicarboxylic acid and 43.2 g of 1-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole were reacted to obtain a mixture of dicarboxylic acid derivatives 0.16 mol And 73.3 g of 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane were dissolved in 560 g of NMP, and then reacted at 75°C for 12 hours. Next, 13.1 g of 5-norcamphene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride dissolved in 70 g of NMP was added, and the mixture was further stirred for 12 hours. After filtering the reaction mixture, it was added dropwise to a solution of water/methanol=3/1 (volume ratio), thereby obtaining a white precipitate. After washing the precipitate 3 times with water, it was dried with a vacuum dryer at 80°C for 24 hours, thereby obtaining alkali-soluble resin B-3 (resin including polybenzoxazole precursor).

[聚合起始劑] 在遮光性組成物的製備中使用了以下聚合起始劑。 •聚合起始劑C-1:由下述式(C-1)表示之化合物 •聚合起始劑C-2:IRGACURE OXE-02(商品名,BASF公司製) •聚合起始劑C-3:IRGACURE 369(商品名,BASF公司製) 上述聚合起始劑均為光聚合起始劑,在上述聚合起始劑中,聚合起始劑C-1及聚合起始劑C-2係肟酯系聚合起始劑。[Polymerization initiator] The following polymerization initiators were used in the preparation of the light-shielding composition. •Polymerization initiator C-1: a compound represented by the following formula (C-1) •Polymerization initiator C-2: IRGACURE OXE-02 (trade name, manufactured by BASF Corporation) •Polymerization initiator C-3: IRGACURE 369 (trade name, manufactured by BASF) The above-mentioned polymerization initiators are all photopolymerization initiators. Among the above-mentioned polymerization initiators, the polymerization initiator C-1 and the polymerization initiator C-2 are oxime ester-based polymerization initiators.

[化學式28]

Figure 02_image065
[Chemical formula 28]
Figure 02_image065

[聚合性化合物] 將由下述式(D-1)表示之聚合性化合物D-1及由下述式(D-2)表示之聚合性化合物D-2用於組成物的製備。 聚合性化合物D-1為5官能的聚合性化合物與6官能的聚合性化合物的混合物,其混合比為5官能的聚合性化合物/6官能的聚合性化合物=30/70(質量比)。 另外,上述“官能”的值表示聚合性化合物1分子所具有的乙烯性不飽和基的數量。[Polymerizable compound] The polymerizable compound D-1 represented by the following formula (D-1) and the polymerizable compound D-2 represented by the following formula (D-2) were used for the preparation of the composition. The polymerizable compound D-1 is a mixture of a pentafunctional polymerizable compound and a hexafunctional polymerizable compound, and the mixing ratio thereof is pentafunctional polymerizable compound/6 functional polymerizable compound=30/70 (mass ratio). In addition, the value of the aforementioned "functional" indicates the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups possessed by one molecule of the polymerizable compound.

[化學式29]

Figure 02_image067
[Chemical formula 29]
Figure 02_image067

[化學式30]

Figure 02_image069
[Chemical formula 30]
Figure 02_image069

[界面活性劑] 將由下述式(S-1)表示之界面活性劑用於組成物的製備。 另外,標註於式(S-1)中的各重複單元之符號表示各重複單元的莫耳比,l+n=14,m=17。又,由式(S-1)表示之界面活性劑的重量平均分子量為15000。[Surfactant] The surfactant represented by the following formula (S-1) was used for the preparation of the composition. In addition, the symbol of each repeating unit in formula (S-1) represents the molar ratio of each repeating unit, and l+n=14, m=17. In addition, the weight average molecular weight of the surfactant represented by formula (S-1) is 15,000.

[化學式31]

Figure 02_image071
[Chemical formula 31]
Figure 02_image071

[聚合抑制劑] 作為聚合抑制劑,將對甲氧基苯酚用於遮光性組成物的製備。[Polymerization inhibitor] As a polymerization inhibitor, p-methoxyphenol is used for the preparation of the light-shielding composition.

[溶劑] 作為溶劑,將環己酮用於遮光性組成物的製備。[Solvent] As a solvent, cyclohexanone was used for the preparation of the light-shielding composition.

[實施例1] <遮光性組成物1的製備> 將下述成分用攪拌機混合,藉此製備了實施例1的遮光性組成物1。 •在上述中製備之色材組成物A-1           63質量份 •鹼可溶性樹脂B-1                                3.5質量份 •聚合起始劑C-1                                   1.8質量份 •聚合性化合物D-1                                6.1質量份 •界面活性劑                                        0.02質量份 •聚合抑制劑                                        0.003質量份 •溶劑                                                  25.5質量份[Example 1] <Preparation of light-shielding composition 1> The following components were mixed with a mixer, thereby preparing the light-shielding composition 1 of Example 1. • Color material composition A-1 prepared in the above 63 parts by mass •Alkali-soluble resin B-1 3.5 parts by mass •Polymerization initiator C-1 1.8 parts by mass •Polymer compound D-1 6.1 parts by mass •Surface active agent 0.02 parts by mass •Polymerization inhibitors 0.003 parts by mass • Solvent 25.5 parts by mass

<黑色層的製作> 利用旋塗法,將在上述中獲得之遮光性組成物1塗佈於玻璃基板上,藉此形成了厚度1.7μm的塗膜。對帶塗膜的基板以100℃進行了120秒的預烘烤。接著,經開口線寬50μm的L/S(線與空間)圖案的遮罩,利用UX-1000SM-EH04(商品名,USHIO INC.製),用高壓水銀燈(燈功率50mW/cm2 ),對帶塗膜的基板進行了接近式的曝光。接著,使用AD-1200(MIKASA Corporation.製),並用顯影液“CD-2060”(商品名,FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.製)進行了15秒旋覆浸沒顯影。接著,用噴淋噴嘴,以純水清洗30秒,去除未硬化部,藉此在基板上形成了黑色層。<Preparation of a black layer> The light-shielding composition 1 obtained in the above was applied on a glass substrate by a spin coating method, thereby forming a coating film with a thickness of 1.7 μm. The coated substrate was prebaked at 100°C for 120 seconds. Then, through the mask of the L/S (line and space) pattern with the opening line width of 50μm, using UX-1000SM-EH04 (trade name, manufactured by USHIO INC.), using a high-pressure mercury lamp (lamp power 50mW/cm 2 ), The coated substrate was exposed in proximity. Next, AD-1200 (manufactured by MIKASA Corporation) was used, and a developing solution "CD-2060" (trade name, manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was used to perform spin immersion development for 15 seconds. Next, a shower nozzle was used to wash with pure water for 30 seconds to remove the uncured part, thereby forming a black layer on the substrate.

<氧阻斷層E-1的形成> 向濺射裝置(SHINKO SEIKI CO., LTD.製,商品名“SRV-4300”)的真空腔室內導入氬與氧的混合氣體(氧:40體積%),利用矽標靶進行濺射,藉此在上述中製作之黑色層的表面上形成了由氧化矽(SiO2 )構成之氧阻斷層E-1(厚度:100nm)。 藉此,獲得了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層E-1而成之實施例1的遮光膜。<Formation of oxygen blocking layer E-1> A mixed gas of argon and oxygen (oxygen: 40% by volume) was introduced into the vacuum chamber of a sputtering device (manufactured by SHINKO SEIKI CO., LTD., trade name "SRV-4300") ), using a silicon target for sputtering, thereby forming an oxygen blocking layer E-1 (thickness: 100 nm) composed of silicon oxide (SiO 2 ) on the surface of the black layer produced above. Thereby, the light-shielding film of Example 1 in which the black layer and the oxygen blocking layer E-1 were sequentially formed on the substrate was obtained.

[實施例2~6、8、9、14~17] 代替所使用的各成分或調整色材組成物A-1的添加量以使遮光性組成物的組成成為表1及表2中記載之組成,除此以外,按照實施例1中記載之方法,分別製備了各實施例的遮光性組成物。 使用在上述中獲得之各遮光性組成物,除此以外,按照實施例1中記載之方法,分別製作了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層而成之實施例2~6、8、9及14~17的遮光膜。[Examples 2~6, 8, 9, 14~17] Instead of each component used or adjust the addition amount of the color material composition A-1 so that the composition of the light-shielding composition becomes the composition described in Table 1 and Table 2, other than that, the method described in Example 1 was followed, The light-shielding composition of each example was prepared separately. Using each of the light-shielding compositions obtained in the above, other than that, according to the method described in Example 1, Examples 2 to 6 and 8 were prepared in which a black layer and an oxygen blocking layer were sequentially formed on a substrate. , 9 and 14~17 shading film.

[實施例7] 在濺射製程中,藉由在真空腔室內導入氬與氮的混合氣體(氮:50體積%)而進行濺射,在黑色層的表面形成由氮化矽(Si3 N4 )構成之氧阻斷層E-2(厚度:100nm),除此以外,按照實施例1中記載之方法,製作了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層E-2而成之實施例7的遮光膜。[Embodiment 7] In the sputtering process, sputtering was performed by introducing a mixed gas of argon and nitrogen (nitrogen: 50% by volume) in a vacuum chamber, and a silicon nitride (Si 3 N 4 ) The oxygen-blocking layer E-2 (thickness: 100nm) of the composition, except that, according to the method described in Example 1, a black layer and oxygen-blocking layer E-2 were sequentially formed on the substrate. The light-shielding film of Example 7.

[實施例10~13] 在濺射製程中,調整放電功率及成膜時間,分別形成由具有表2中記載之厚度之氧化矽(SiO2 )構成之氧阻斷層E-3~E-6,除此以外,按照實施例1中記載之方法,分別製作了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層而成之實施例10~13的遮光膜。[Examples 10 to 13] In the sputtering process, the discharge power and the film forming time were adjusted to form oxygen blocking layers E-3 to E- composed of silicon oxide (SiO 2 ) having the thicknesses described in Table 2 respectively 6. In addition to this, according to the method described in Example 1, the light-shielding films of Examples 10 to 13 in which a black layer and an oxygen blocking layer were sequentially formed on a substrate were respectively produced.

[比較例1] <氧阻斷層形成用組成物的製備> 混合下述成分,製備了比較用組成物1。 •聚乙烯醇(PVA):32.2質量份(商品名:PVA205,KURARAY CO., LTD製,鹸化度=88%、聚合度550) •聚乙烯吡咯啶酮(PVP):14.9質量份(商品名:K-30,Ashland group製) •蒸餾水:524質量份 •甲醇:429質量份[Comparative Example 1] <Preparation of composition for forming oxygen barrier layer> The following components were mixed to prepare composition 1 for comparison. •Polyvinyl alcohol (PVA): 32.2 parts by mass (trade name: PVA205, manufactured by KURARAY CO., LTD, degree of imitation = 88%, degree of polymerization 550) •Polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP): 14.9 parts by mass (trade name: K-30, manufactured by Ashland group) • Distilled water: 524 parts by mass • Methanol: 429 parts by mass

<比較用氧阻斷層CE-1的形成> 按照實施例1中記載之黑色層的製作方法,在基板上形成了黑色層。 利用旋塗機,將組成物1塗佈於所製作的黑色層的表面。將組成物1的塗佈量調整至乾燥後的層的厚度成為1000nm。之後,利用加熱板,將樹脂組成物1的塗膜以100℃乾燥120秒,藉此形成了比較用氧阻斷層CE-1(厚度:1000nm)。 藉此,獲得了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層CE-1而成之比較例1的遮光膜。<Formation of CE-1 for comparative oxygen blocking layer> According to the manufacturing method of the black layer described in Example 1, a black layer was formed on the substrate. Using a spin coater, the composition 1 was applied to the surface of the produced black layer. The coating amount of the composition 1 was adjusted so that the thickness of the layer after drying became 1000 nm. After that, the coating film of the resin composition 1 was dried at 100° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate, thereby forming a comparative oxygen blocking layer CE-1 (thickness: 1000 nm). Thereby, the light-shielding film of Comparative Example 1 in which the black layer and the oxygen blocking layer CE-1 were sequentially formed on the substrate was obtained.

[比較例2] 在氧阻斷層的形成製程中,將組成物1的塗佈量調整至乾燥後的層的厚度成為500nm,除此以外,按照比較例1中記載之方法,製作了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層CE-2而成之比較例2的遮光膜。[Comparative Example 2] In the process of forming the oxygen blocking layer, the coating amount of the composition 1 was adjusted so that the thickness of the layer after drying became 500 nm. Other than that, the method described in Comparative Example 1 was followed to form a black substrate. The light-shielding film of Comparative Example 2 formed by the layer and the oxygen blocking layer CE-2.

[比較例3] 遮光性組成物的製備製程中,使用鹼可溶性樹脂B-2來代替鹼可溶性樹脂B-1,除此以外,按照比較例1中記載之方法,製作了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層CE-1而成之比較例3的遮光膜。[Comparative Example 3] In the preparation process of the light-shielding composition, the alkali-soluble resin B-2 was used instead of the alkali-soluble resin B-1. Otherwise, according to the method described in Comparative Example 1, a black layer and oxygen barrier were sequentially formed on the substrate. The light-shielding film of Comparative Example 3 formed by cutting CE-1.

[比較例4~6] 在濺射製程中,調整放電功率及成膜時間,分別形成具有表3中記載之厚度之層,除此以外,按照實施例1中記載之方法,分別製作了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層CE-3~CE-5而成之比較例4~6的遮光膜。[Comparative Examples 4~6] During the sputtering process, the discharge power and the film forming time were adjusted to form layers with the thicknesses listed in Table 3. In addition, according to the method described in Example 1, the black layers and layers were formed sequentially on the substrate. The light-shielding film of Comparative Examples 4 to 6 composed of the oxygen blocking layer CE-3 to CE-5.

[比較例7] <氧阻斷層形成用組成物的製備> 按照日本特開2013-253145號公報的段落0032~0034及0042(實施例1-1)中記載之方法,混合四甲氧基矽烷(TMOS)與三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷(TFPTMS)的水解物及分散有佛珠狀膠體二氧化矽粒子之二氧化矽膠,藉此製備了比較用組成物2。[Comparative Example 7] <Preparation of composition for forming oxygen barrier layer> According to the method described in paragraphs 0032~0034 and 0042 (Example 1-1) of JP 2013-253145, the mixture of tetramethoxysilane (TMOS) and trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane (TFPTMS) The hydrolyzate and the silica gel in which beads-shaped colloidal silica particles were dispersed were used to prepare comparative composition 2.

<比較用氧阻斷層CE-6的形成> 氧阻斷層的形成製程中,使用在上述中製備之比較用組成物2來代替組成物1且將比較用組成物2的塗佈量調整至乾燥後的層的厚度成為190nm,除此以外,按照比較例1中記載之方法,製作了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層CE-6而成之比較例7的遮光膜。 另外,研磨氧阻斷層CE-6的表面來形成平滑的面,接著,利用電子探針顯微分析儀(JEOL Ltd.製“JXA-8530F”(商品名))分析了所形成之平滑面。其結果,構成氧阻斷層CE-6之材料中的碳原子的含量相對於氧阻斷層的總質量為27質量%。<Formation of CE-6 oxygen blocking layer for comparison> In the process of forming the oxygen blocking layer, the comparison composition 2 prepared above was used instead of the composition 1, and the coating amount of the comparison composition 2 was adjusted so that the thickness of the layer after drying became 190 nm. In accordance with the method described in Comparative Example 1, a light-shielding film of Comparative Example 7 in which a black layer and an oxygen blocking layer CE-6 were sequentially formed on a substrate was produced. In addition, the surface of the oxygen blocking layer CE-6 was polished to form a smooth surface, and then, the formed smooth surface was analyzed with an electron probe microanalyzer ("JXA-8530F" (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd.) . As a result, the content of carbon atoms in the material constituting the oxygen blocking layer CE-6 was 27% by mass relative to the total mass of the oxygen blocking layer.

[比較例8~10] 不形成氧阻斷層E-1,除此以外,按照實施例1、6及5中記載之方法,分別製作了在基板上僅形成黑色層而成之比較例8~10的遮光膜。[Comparative Examples 8~10] Except that the oxygen blocking layer E-1 was not formed, according to the methods described in Examples 1, 6, and 5, the light-shielding films of Comparative Examples 8 to 10 in which only the black layer was formed on the substrate were respectively produced.

[評價] 將在上述中獲得之各氧阻斷層或各遮光膜供於以下試驗及評價。[Evaluation] Each oxygen blocking layer or each light-shielding film obtained in the above was used for the following test and evaluation.

[氧透過率的測定] 使用帶剝離層的基板來代替帶黑色層的基板,在剝離層上形成各氧阻斷層,除此以外,按照實施例1、7及10~13、以及比較例1、2及4~7中記載之方法,分別製作了在基板上依次形成剝離層及氧阻斷層而成之積層體。接著,從所獲得之積層體剝離氧阻斷層,製作了氧透過率評價用的氧阻斷層。 利用氧氣透過率測定裝置(Model8001,ILLINOIS公司製)測定了在上述中製作之評價用氧阻斷層的氧透過率(ml/(m2 •day•atm))。[Measurement of Oxygen Permeability] A substrate with a release layer was used instead of a substrate with a black layer, and each oxygen blocking layer was formed on the release layer. Other than that, according to Examples 1, 7, and 10 to 13, and Comparative Examples The methods described in 1, 2 and 4 to 7 respectively produced a laminate in which a release layer and an oxygen blocking layer were sequentially formed on a substrate. Next, the oxygen barrier layer was peeled off from the obtained laminate, and an oxygen barrier layer for oxygen permeability evaluation was produced. The oxygen transmission rate (ml/(m 2 •day•atm)) of the oxygen blocking layer for evaluation prepared in the above was measured using an oxygen transmission rate measuring device (Model 8001, manufactured by ILLINOIS).

[耐光性的評價] <照射試驗> 利用耐光試驗機(Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.製,Super Xenon weather Meter(商品名)),在燈照度75W/m2 (300-400nm)及濕度50%RH的條件下,對在上述中獲得之遮光膜進行了500小時的照射試驗。[Evaluation of light resistance] <irradiation test> A light resistance tester (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd., Super Xenon Weather Meter (trade name)) was used at a lamp illuminance of 75W/m 2 (300-400nm) and a humidity of 50 Under the condition of %RH, the light-shielding film obtained above was subjected to an irradiation test for 500 hours.

<照射試驗前後的膜厚變化> 用接觸式膜厚計測定了照射試驗前後的遮光膜的膜厚。以下述式算出照射試驗前後的遮光膜的膜厚的變化率,按照下述觀點進行了評價。 另外,“遮光膜的膜厚”表示黑色層的厚度和氧阻斷層的厚度的合計,不包括基板的厚度。 膜厚的變化率(%)=((照射試驗前的遮光膜的膜厚-照射試驗後的遮光膜的膜厚)/(照射試驗前的遮光膜的膜厚)×100) A:膜厚的變化率小於2% B:膜厚的變化率為2%以上且小於5% C:膜厚的變化率為5%以上且小於10% D:膜厚的變化率為10%以上<Change in film thickness before and after irradiation test> The film thickness of the light-shielding film before and after the irradiation test was measured with a contact film thickness meter. The rate of change of the film thickness of the light-shielding film before and after the irradiation test was calculated by the following formula, and evaluated from the following viewpoints. In addition, "the film thickness of the light-shielding film" means the total of the thickness of the black layer and the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer, and does not include the thickness of the substrate. Change rate of film thickness (%)=((film thickness of shading film before irradiation test-film thickness of shading film after irradiation test)/(film thickness of shading film before irradiation test)×100) A: The rate of change of film thickness is less than 2% B: The rate of change of film thickness is 2% or more and less than 5% C: The rate of change of film thickness is 5% or more and less than 10% D: The rate of change of film thickness is more than 10%

<照射試驗前後的透過率及反射率的變化> 利用分光器V7200(商品名,JASCO Corporation製),對照射試驗前後的遮光膜以角度5°的入射角入射光,在所獲得之透過光譜及反射光譜中,測定了波長350~1200nm中的最大透過率(以下,記載為透過率。)及波長550nm的反射率。 將以下述式算出之照射試驗前後的遮光膜的透過率及反射率的變化率,按照以下觀點進行了評價。 透過率的變化率(%)=((照射試驗前的透過率-照射試驗後的透過率)/照射試驗前的透過率×100) 反射率的變化率(%)=((照射試驗前的反射率-照射試驗後的反射率)/照射試驗前的反射率×100) A:透過率的變化率及反射率的變化率均小於2% B:透過率的變化率及反射率的變化率中的一個為2%以上,另一個小於2% C:透過率的變化率及反射率的變化率均為2%以上<Changes in transmittance and reflectance before and after irradiation test> Using a spectroscope V7200 (trade name, manufactured by JASCO Corporation), light was incident on the light-shielding film before and after the irradiation test at an angle of incidence of 5°. In the obtained transmission spectrum and reflection spectrum, the maximum wavelength of 350~1200nm was measured. Transmittance (hereinafter referred to as transmittance.) and reflectance at a wavelength of 550 nm. The change rate of the transmittance and reflectance of the light-shielding film before and after the irradiation test calculated by the following formula was evaluated from the following viewpoints. Transmittance change rate (%)=((Transmittance before irradiation test-Transmittance after irradiation test)/Transmittance before irradiation test×100) Change rate of reflectance (%)=((reflectance before irradiation test-reflectance after irradiation test)/reflectance before irradiation test×100) A: The change rate of transmittance and reflectance are both less than 2% B: One of the change rate of transmittance and reflectance is 2% or more, and the other is less than 2% C: The change rate of transmittance and reflectance are both 2% or more

[耐熱性的評價] 將在上述中獲得之遮光膜放入烘箱,在150℃的條件下進行了500小時的耐熱試驗。 用接觸式膜厚計測定了耐熱試驗前後的遮光膜的膜厚。以下述式算出耐熱試驗前後的遮光膜的膜厚的變化率,按照下述觀點進行了評價。 膜厚的變化率(%)=((耐熱試驗前的膜厚-耐熱試驗後的膜厚)/(耐熱試驗前的遮光膜的膜厚-基板的厚度)×100) A:膜厚的變化率小於2% B:膜厚的變化率為2%以上且小於4% C:膜厚的變化率為4%以上且小於6% D:膜厚的變化率為6%以上[Evaluation of heat resistance] The light-shielding film obtained above was put into an oven, and a heat resistance test was conducted for 500 hours at 150°C. The film thickness of the light-shielding film before and after the heat resistance test was measured with a contact film thickness meter. The rate of change in the film thickness of the light-shielding film before and after the heat resistance test was calculated by the following formula, and evaluated from the following viewpoints. Change rate of film thickness (%)=((film thickness before heat resistance test-film thickness after heat resistance test)/(film thickness of light-shielding film before heat resistance test-thickness of substrate)×100) A: The rate of change of film thickness is less than 2% B: The rate of change of film thickness is 2% or more and less than 4% C: The rate of change of film thickness is 4% or more and less than 6% D: The rate of change of film thickness is 6% or more

[耐濕性的評價] 將在上述中獲得之遮光膜放入恆溫恆濕槽內,在85℃及85%RH的條件下進行了500小時的耐濕性試驗。利用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)S-4800(商品名,JEOL Ltd.製),對耐濕性試驗後的基板,觀察了開口線寬50μm的線圖案的剖面。依據所獲得之剖面的SEM圖像,按照以下觀點,評價了有無圖案剝離。 A:在所有圖案中均未發現剝離。 B:在圖案整體的小於20%的範圍,可發現剝離。 C:在圖案整體的20%以上且小於50%的範圍,可發現剝離。 D:在圖案整體的50%以上的範圍,可發現剝離。[Evaluation of moisture resistance] The light-shielding film obtained above was placed in a constant temperature and humidity chamber, and a humidity resistance test was conducted for 500 hours under the conditions of 85°C and 85% RH. Using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) S-4800 (trade name, manufactured by JEOL Ltd.), a cross section of a line pattern with an opening line width of 50 μm was observed on the substrate after the moisture resistance test. Based on the obtained SEM image of the cross section, the presence or absence of pattern peeling was evaluated from the following viewpoints. A: No peeling was found in all patterns. B: Peeling is found in the range of less than 20% of the entire pattern. C: Peeling is found in the range of 20% or more and less than 50% of the entire pattern. D: Peeling is found in the range of 50% or more of the entire pattern.

[結果] 表1~3示出在實施例1~17及比較例1~10中製備之遮光性組成物的組成、以及關於使用該等遮光性組成物來製作之遮光膜的各試驗的結果。 表1~3中,“色材含量”一欄表示黑色色材的含量相對於各遮光性組成物的總固體成分的比率(質量%)。[result] Tables 1 to 3 show the composition of the light-shielding composition prepared in Examples 1 to 17 and Comparative Examples 1-10, and the results of each test on the light-shielding film produced using the light-shielding composition. In Tables 1 to 3, the "color material content" column shows the ratio (mass %) of the black color material content to the total solid content of each light-shielding composition.

表1~3中,“氧阻斷層”的“組成”一欄表示氧阻斷層係由下述材料構成之層。 A:氧化矽(SiO2 )的濺射層 B:氮化矽(Si3 N4 )的濺射層 C:由PVA及PVP構成之有機層 D:由含有氧化矽粒子之聚有機矽氧烷構成之有機層In Tables 1 to 3, the "composition" column of the "oxygen blocking layer" indicates that the oxygen blocking layer is a layer composed of the following materials. A: Sputtering layer of silicon oxide (SiO 2 ) B: Sputtering layer of silicon nitride (Si 3 N 4 ) C: Organic layer composed of PVA and PVP D: Polyorganosiloxane containing silicon oxide particles Organic layer

表1~3中,“氧阻斷層”的“厚度”一欄表示利用接觸式膜厚計測定之各氧阻斷層的厚度(nm)。 又,表1~3中,“黑色層的厚度/氧阻斷層的厚度”一欄表示利用接觸式膜厚計測定之黑色層的厚度相對於氧阻斷層的厚度的比率。In Tables 1 to 3, the "thickness" column of the "oxygen blocking layer" indicates the thickness (nm) of each oxygen blocking layer measured with a contact-type film thickness meter. In addition, in Tables 1 to 3, the column "thickness of the black layer/thickness of the oxygen blocking layer" indicates the ratio of the thickness of the black layer to the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer measured by a contact-type film thickness meter.

[表1]

Figure 108129954-A0304-0001
[Table 1]
Figure 108129954-A0304-0001

[表2]

Figure 108129954-A0304-0002
[Table 2]
Figure 108129954-A0304-0002

[表3]

Figure 108129954-A0304-0003
[table 3]
Figure 108129954-A0304-0003

從表1~表3所示之結果確認到,依本發明的遮光性組成物,能夠解決本發明的課題。From the results shown in Table 1 to Table 3, it was confirmed that the light-shielding composition of the present invention can solve the problem of the present invention.

確認到從遮光膜的耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,黑色色材的含量為70質量%以下為較佳,65質量%以下為更佳(實施例1、實施例15及17的比較)。 確認到從遮光膜的耐熱性更優異之觀點考慮,黑色色材的含量為30質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳(實施例1、實施例14及16的比較)。It was confirmed that, from the viewpoint that the moisture resistance of the light-shielding film is more excellent, the content of the black color material is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 65% by mass or less (Comparison of Example 1, Examples 15 and 17). It was confirmed that from the viewpoint that the heat resistance of the light-shielding film is more excellent, the content of the black color material is preferably 30% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more (comparison of Examples 1, 14 and 16).

確認到從遮光膜的耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,黑色色材含有鈦氮氧化物、苯并呋喃酮化合物或苝化合物為較佳(實施例1、3、4及5的比較)。 又,確認到從遮光膜的耐光性更優異之觀點考慮,黑色色材含有鈦氮氧化物或碳黑為較佳(實施例1、3、4及5的比較)。 進而,從後述實施例18~20確認到,從遮光膜的耐濕性及耐光性更優異之觀點考慮,含有氮化釩、氮化鈮或氮化鋯之黑色色材與含有鈦氮氧化物之黑色色材同樣地較佳。It was confirmed that the black color material preferably contains a titanium oxynitride, a benzofuranone compound, or a perylene compound from the viewpoint of better moisture resistance of the light-shielding film (comparison of Examples 1, 3, 4, and 5). In addition, it was confirmed that the black color material preferably contains titanium oxynitride or carbon black from the viewpoint of better light resistance of the light-shielding film (comparison of Examples 1, 3, 4, and 5). Furthermore, it was confirmed from Examples 18 to 20 described later that, from the viewpoint of better moisture resistance and light resistance of the light-shielding film, black color materials containing vanadium nitride, niobium nitride or zirconium nitride and titanium oxynitride The black color material is also better.

確認到從遮光膜的耐光性、耐熱性及耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,分散樹脂含有乙烯性不飽和基為較佳(實施例1與實施例9的比較)。 確認到從遮光膜的耐光性及耐熱性更優異之觀點考慮,鹼可溶性樹脂係聚醯亞胺樹脂為較佳(實施例1與實施例6的比較)。又,從後述實施例21確認到,從遮光膜的耐光性及耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,作為鹼可溶性樹脂,由聚苯并㗁唑前驅物構成之樹脂與聚醯亞胺樹脂同樣地較佳。 確認到從遮光膜的耐光性及耐熱性更優異之觀點考慮,聚合起始劑係聚合起始劑C-1為較佳(實施例1與實施例8的比較)。 確認到從遮光膜的耐熱性及耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,聚合性化合物係聚合性化合物D-1為較佳(實施例1與實施例2的比較)。It was confirmed that from the viewpoint of the light resistance, heat resistance, and moisture resistance of the light-shielding film being more excellent, the dispersion resin preferably contains an ethylenically unsaturated group (comparison of Example 1 and Example 9). It was confirmed that the alkali-soluble resin-based polyimide resin is preferable from the viewpoint of more excellent light resistance and heat resistance of the light-shielding film (comparison of Example 1 and Example 6). In addition, it was confirmed from Example 21 described later that from the viewpoint of the light resistance and moisture resistance of the light-shielding film being more excellent, as the alkali-soluble resin, a resin composed of a polybenzoxazole precursor is the same as the polyimide resin Better. It was confirmed that the polymerization initiator-based polymerization initiator C-1 is preferable from the viewpoint of better light resistance and heat resistance of the light-shielding film (comparison of Example 1 and Example 8). It was confirmed that the polymerizable compound-based polymerizable compound D-1 is preferable from the viewpoint of better heat resistance and moisture resistance of the light-shielding film (comparison of Example 1 and Example 2).

確認到從遮光膜的耐光性及耐濕性更優異之觀點考慮,氧阻斷層含有氧化矽為較佳(實施例1與實施例7的比較)。 確認到從遮光膜的耐濕性及耐熱性更優異之觀點考慮,氧阻斷層的厚度大於50nm且小於250nm為較佳(實施例1、24及25與實施例10及11的比較)。 確認到從遮光膜的耐濕性及耐熱性更優異之觀點考慮,黑色層的厚度相對於氧阻斷層的厚度的比率為7~30為較佳(實施例1與實施例10及11的比較)。It was confirmed that the oxygen blocking layer preferably contains silicon oxide from the viewpoint of better light resistance and moisture resistance of the light shielding film (comparison of Example 1 and Example 7). It was confirmed that the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is preferably greater than 50 nm and less than 250 nm from the viewpoint of better moisture resistance and heat resistance of the light-shielding film (comparison of Examples 1, 24, and 25 with Examples 10 and 11). It was confirmed that from the viewpoint of better moisture resistance and heat resistance of the light-shielding film, it is preferable that the ratio of the thickness of the black layer to the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is 7-30 (Example 1 and Examples 10 and 11 Compare).

[實施例18~20] 分別使用下述色材a-5~a-7來代替鈦黑(色材a-1),除此以外,按照上述色材組成物A-1的製備方法,分別製備了色材組成物A-6~A-8。 •色材a-5:氮化釩(商品名“VN-O,Japan New Metals Co., Ltd.製) •色材a-6:氮化鈮(商品名“NbN-O”,Japan New Metals Co., Ltd.製) •色材a-7:氮化鋯(利用日本特開2017-222559號公報的實施例1的方法製備。) 使用在上述中製備之各色材組成物A-6~A-8來代替色材組成物A-1,除此以外,按照實施例1的遮光性組成物1的製備方法,分別製備了實施例18~20的遮光性組成物。使用所獲得之各遮光性組成物來代替遮光性組成物1,除此以外,按照實施例1中記載之方法,分別製作了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層而成之實施例18~20的遮光膜。實施例18~20的遮光膜的評價結果均與實施例1相等。 使用色材a-8來代替鈦黑(色材a-1),除此以外,按照上述色材組成物A-1的製備方法,製備色材組成物,進行了與實施例1相同的評價。 •色材a-8:二氧化矽包覆氮化鋯(日本特開2015-117302號公報) 評價結果與實施例1相同。 使用色材a-1及色材a-7的重量比分別為a-1:a-7=1:9、3:7、5:5、7:3、9:1的混合物來代替鈦黑(色材a-1),除此以外,按照上述色材組成物A-1的製備方法,製備色材組成物,進行了與實施例1相同的評價。 評價結果與實施例1相同。 又,使用色材a-1及色材a-8的重量比分別為a-1:a-8=1:9、3:7、5:5、7:3、9:1的混合物來代替鈦黑(色材a-1),除此以外,按照上述色材組成物A-1的製備方法,製備色材組成物,進行了與實施例1相同的評價。 評價結果與實施例1相同。[Examples 18-20] The following color materials a-5 to a-7 were used instead of titanium black (color material a-1). In addition, the color material composition A was prepared in accordance with the preparation method of the above color material composition A-1. -6~A-8. • Color material a-5: Vanadium nitride (trade name "VN-O, manufactured by Japan New Metals Co., Ltd.) • Color material a-6: Niobium nitride (trade name "NbN-O", manufactured by Japan New Metals Co., Ltd.) • Color material a-7: Zirconium nitride (prepared by the method of Example 1 of JP 2017-222559 A) The color material compositions A-6 to A-8 prepared in the above were used instead of the color material composition A-1. Other than that, the examples were prepared according to the method of preparing the light-shielding composition 1 of Example 1. A light-shielding composition of 18-20. The obtained light-shielding composition was used in place of the light-shielding composition 1, and other than that, according to the method described in Example 1, an example in which a black layer and an oxygen blocking layer were sequentially formed on a substrate were produced. 18-20 shading film. The evaluation results of the light-shielding films of Examples 18 to 20 are all equal to Example 1. The color material a-8 was used instead of titanium black (color material a-1), except that the color material composition was prepared according to the preparation method of the color material composition A-1 above, and the same evaluation as in Example 1 was performed . • Color material a-8: silicon dioxide coated zirconium nitride (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-117302) The evaluation results are the same as in Example 1. Use a mixture of color material a-1 and color material a-7 with a weight ratio of a-1:a-7=1:9, 3:7, 5:5, 7:3, and 9:1 to replace titanium black (Color material a-1) Except for this, a color material composition was prepared in accordance with the above-mentioned preparation method of color material composition A-1, and the same evaluation as in Example 1 was performed. The evaluation results are the same as in Example 1. Also, use a mixture of color material a-1 and color material a-8 with a weight ratio of a-1:a-8=1:9, 3:7, 5:5, 7:3, and 9:1, respectively Titanium black (color material a-1), except for that, a color material composition was prepared in accordance with the above-mentioned preparation method of color material composition A-1, and the same evaluation as in Example 1 was performed. The evaluation results are the same as in Example 1.

[實施例21] 使用鹼可溶性樹脂B-3來代替鹼可溶性樹脂B-1,除此以外,按照實施例1的遮光性組成物1的製備方法,製備了實施例21的遮光性組成物。 使用所獲得之遮光性組成物來代替遮光性組成物1,除此以外,按照實施例1中記載之方法,製作了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層而成之實施例21的遮光膜。實施例21的遮光膜的評價結果均與實施例1相等。[Example 21] Except for using alkali-soluble resin B-3 instead of alkali-soluble resin B-1, the light-shielding composition of Example 21 was prepared in accordance with the preparation method of light-shielding composition 1 of Example 1. The obtained light-shielding composition was used in place of the light-shielding composition 1. Except for this, the method described in Example 1 was followed to produce Example 21 in which a black layer and an oxygen blocking layer were sequentially formed on a substrate Shading film. The evaluation results of the light-shielding film of Example 21 are all equal to those of Example 1.

[實施例22] 使用聚合起始劑C-3來代替聚合起始劑C-2,除此以外,按照實施例1的遮光性組成物1的製備方法,製備了實施例22的遮光性組成物。使用所獲得之遮光性組成物來代替遮光性組成物1,除此以外,按照實施例1中記載之方法,製作了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層而成之實施例22的遮光膜。實施例22的遮光膜的評價結果中耐熱性為C,除此以外,與實施例8相等。[Example 22] The polymerization initiator C-3 was used instead of the polymerization initiator C-2, and the light-shielding composition of Example 22 was prepared in accordance with the method of preparing the light-shielding composition 1 of Example 1, except that the polymerization initiator C-3 was used. The obtained light-shielding composition was used in place of the light-shielding composition 1. Except for this, the method described in Example 1 was followed to produce Example 22 in which a black layer and an oxygen blocking layer were sequentially formed on a substrate Shading film. In the evaluation result of the light-shielding film of Example 22, the heat resistance was C, and other than that, it was equal to Example 8.

[實施例23] 在遮光性組成物1的製備中,使用質量比為1:1的聚合性化合物D-1及聚合性化合物D-2的混合物6.1質量份來代替6.1質量份的聚合性化合物D-1,除此以外,按照實施例1的方法,製備了實施例23的遮光性組成物。使用所獲得之遮光性組成物來代替遮光性組成物1,除此以外,按照實施例1中記載之方法,製作了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層而成之實施例23的遮光膜。實施例23的遮光膜的評價結果中耐濕性為B,除此以外,與實施例1相等。[Example 23] In the preparation of light-shielding composition 1, 6.1 parts by mass of a mixture of polymerizable compound D-1 and polymerizable compound D-2 at a mass ratio of 1:1 were used instead of 6.1 parts by mass of polymerizable compound D-1, except Otherwise, according to the method of Example 1, the light-shielding composition of Example 23 was prepared. The obtained light-shielding composition was used in place of the light-shielding composition 1. Except for this, the method described in Example 1 was followed to produce Example 23 in which a black layer and an oxygen blocking layer were sequentially formed on a substrate Shading film. In the evaluation result of the light-shielding film of Example 23, the moisture resistance was B, and other than that, it was equal to Example 1.

[實施例24~25] 在濺射製程中,調整放電功率及成膜時間,分別形成由具有70nm及200nm的厚度之氧化矽(SiO2 )構成之氧阻斷層E-7及E-8,除此以外,按照實施例1中記載之方法,分別製作了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層而成之實施例24及25的遮光膜。實施例24及25的遮光膜的評價結果均與實施例1相等。[Examples 24 to 25] In the sputtering process, the discharge power and the film forming time were adjusted to form oxygen blocking layers E-7 and E-8 composed of silicon oxide (SiO 2 ) with thicknesses of 70 nm and 200 nm, respectively In addition to this, according to the method described in Example 1, the light-shielding films of Examples 24 and 25 were respectively produced in which a black layer and an oxygen blocking layer were sequentially formed on a substrate. The evaluation results of the light-shielding films of Examples 24 and 25 are all equal to those of Example 1.

[實施例26~27] 不使用聚合抑制劑,除此以外,按照實施例1的遮光性組成物1的製備方法,製備了實施例26的遮光性組成物。又,不使用界面活性劑,除此以外,按照實施例1的遮光性組成物1的製備方法,製備了實施例27的遮光性組成物。使用所獲得之各遮光性組成物來代替遮光性組成物1,除此以外,按照實施例1中記載之方法,分別製作了在基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層而成之實施例26及27的遮光膜。實施例26及27的遮光膜的評價結果均與實施例1相等。[Examples 26~27] The light-shielding composition of Example 26 was prepared according to the method of preparing the light-shielding composition 1 of Example 1 except that no polymerization inhibitor was used. In addition, the light-shielding composition of Example 27 was prepared in accordance with the method of preparing the light-shielding composition 1 of Example 1, except that no surfactant was used. The obtained light-shielding composition was used in place of the light-shielding composition 1, and other than that, according to the method described in Example 1, an example in which a black layer and an oxygen blocking layer were sequentially formed on a substrate were produced. 26 and 27 shading film. The evaluation results of the light-shielding films of Examples 26 and 27 are both equal to Example 1.

[實施例28] <具備黑矩陣之濾色器的製作> 利用旋塗法,將實施例1的遮光性組成物1塗佈於玻璃晶圓,藉此形成了組成物層。接著,將玻璃晶圓載置於加熱板上,以120℃進行了2分鐘的預烘烤。接著,利用i射線步進機,通過具有0.1mm的島狀圖案之光罩,以500mJ/cm2 的曝光量對組成物層進行了曝光。 接著,用四甲基氫氧化銨0.3%水溶液,以23℃對曝光後的組成物層進行60秒旋覆浸沒顯影,藉此獲得了硬化膜。利用旋轉噴淋,沖洗所獲得之硬化膜,進而用純水進行清洗,藉此形成了圖案狀的黑色層。 接著,按照實施例1的氧阻斷層E-1的形成方法,在上述中製作之黑色層的表面上形成由氧化矽構成之氧阻斷層,藉此製作了在玻璃晶圓上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層而成之遮光膜(黑矩陣)。使用上述黑矩陣製作濾色器的結果,具有良好的性能。[Example 28] <Production of color filter with black matrix> The light-shielding composition 1 of Example 1 was applied to a glass wafer by a spin coating method to form a composition layer. Next, the glass wafer was placed on a hot plate, and prebaked at 120°C for 2 minutes. Next, using an i-ray stepper, the composition layer was exposed with an exposure amount of 500 mJ/cm 2 through a mask having an island pattern of 0.1 mm. Next, with a 0.3% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide, the exposed composition layer was subjected to spin immersion development at 23° C. for 60 seconds, thereby obtaining a cured film. The hardened film obtained was rinsed by rotating spray, and then rinsed with pure water, thereby forming a patterned black layer. Next, in accordance with the method for forming the oxygen blocking layer E-1 of Example 1, an oxygen blocking layer made of silicon oxide was formed on the surface of the black layer prepared above, thereby fabricating an oxygen blocking layer formed sequentially on a glass wafer A light-shielding film (black matrix) composed of a black layer and an oxygen blocking layer. As a result of using the above black matrix to make a color filter, it has good performance.

[實施例29] <具備遮光膜之固體攝像元件的製作> 將透鏡用硬化性組成物(對脂環式環氧樹脂(Daicel Corporation.製,商品名“EHPE-3150”)添加有芳基锍鹽衍生物(ADEKA CORPORATION製,商品名“SP-172”)1質量%之組成物)(2mL)塗佈於5×5cm的玻璃基板(厚度1mm,Schott AG製,商品名“BK7”)上,將塗膜以200℃加熱1分鐘而使其硬化,藉此形成了能夠評價透鏡上的殘渣之透鏡膜。 將實施例1的遮光性組成物1塗佈於形成有上述透鏡膜之玻璃晶圓上,藉此形成了組成物層。接著,將上述玻璃晶圓載置於加熱板上,以120℃進行了120秒的預烘烤。加熱後的組成物層的厚度為2.0μm。 接著,利用高壓水銀燈,經具有10mm的孔圖案之光罩,以500mJ/cm2 的曝光量對組成物層進行了曝光。接著,用四甲基氫氧化銨0.3%水溶液,以23℃的溫度對經曝光的組成物層進行60秒旋覆浸沒顯影,藉此獲得了硬化膜。利用旋轉噴淋,沖洗所獲得之硬化膜,進而用純水進行清洗,藉此形成了圖案狀的黑色層。 接著,按照實施例1的氧阻斷層E-1的形成方法,在上述中製作之黑色層的表面上形成由氧化矽構成之氧阻斷層,藉此製作了在玻璃晶圓上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層而成之遮光膜。[Example 29] <Preparation of a solid-state imaging element with a light-shielding film> A curable composition for lenses (p-alicyclic epoxy resin (manufactured by Daicel Corporation, trade name "EHPE-3150")) was added with aryl sulfonium Salt derivative (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, trade name "SP-172") 1% by mass composition) (2 mL) was coated on a 5 x 5 cm glass substrate (thickness 1 mm, manufactured by Schott AG, trade name "BK7") The coating film was heated at 200°C for 1 minute to harden, thereby forming a lens film capable of evaluating residue on the lens. The light-shielding composition 1 of Example 1 was coated on a glass wafer on which the lens film was formed, thereby forming a composition layer. Next, the glass wafer was placed on a hot plate, and pre-baked at 120°C for 120 seconds. The thickness of the composition layer after heating was 2.0 μm. Next, using a high-pressure mercury lamp, the composition layer was exposed at an exposure amount of 500 mJ/cm 2 through a mask having a hole pattern of 10 mm. Next, the exposed composition layer was spin-dipped and developed at a temperature of 23° C. for 60 seconds with a 0.3% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide, thereby obtaining a cured film. The hardened film obtained was rinsed by rotating spray, and then rinsed with pure water, thereby forming a patterned black layer. Next, in accordance with the method for forming the oxygen blocking layer E-1 of Example 1, an oxygen blocking layer made of silicon oxide was formed on the surface of the black layer prepared above, thereby fabricating an oxygen blocking layer formed sequentially on a glass wafer A light-shielding film made of black layer and oxygen blocking layer.

在形成有上述中製作之遮光膜之玻璃晶圓上,使用透鏡用硬化性組成物(對脂環式環氧樹脂(Daicel Corporation.製,商品名“EHPE-3150”)添加由芳基锍鹽衍生物(ADEKA CORPORATION製,商品名“SP-172”)1質量%之組成物)形成了硬化性樹脂層。接著,利用具有透鏡形狀之石英模具轉印形狀,利用高壓水銀燈,以400mJ/cm2 的曝光量進行曝光,使硬化性樹脂層硬化,藉此製作了具有複數個晶圓等級透鏡之晶圓等級透鏡陣列。 切割所製作之晶圓等級透鏡陣列,用所獲得之晶圓等級透鏡來製作透鏡模組之後,安裝攝像元件及感測器基板,藉此製作了具備本發明的遮光膜之固體攝像元件。 在所獲得之固體攝像元件中,在晶圓等級透鏡的透鏡開口部無殘渣而具有良好的透過性,且遮光膜亦為塗佈面的均勻性高,遮光性高者。On the glass wafer on which the light-shielding film produced in the above is formed, a curable composition for lenses (p-alicyclic epoxy resin (made by Daicel Corporation, trade name "EHPE-3150") is added with arylsulfonium salt Derivatives (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, trade name "SP-172") 1% by mass composition) formed a curable resin layer. Next, transfer the shape using a quartz mold with a lens shape, and use a high-pressure mercury lamp to expose at an exposure of 400mJ/cm 2 to harden the curable resin layer, thereby fabricating a wafer-level wafer with multiple wafer-level lenses Lens array. After cutting the manufactured wafer-level lens array and using the obtained wafer-level lens to manufacture a lens module, the imaging element and the sensor substrate are mounted, thereby manufacturing the solid-state imaging element with the light-shielding film of the present invention. In the obtained solid-state imaging device, the lens opening of the wafer-level lens had no residues and had good transmittance, and the light-shielding film also had high uniformity of the coated surface and high light-shielding properties.

[實施例30] <具備遮光膜之頭燈單元的製作> 利用旋塗法,將在上述中獲得之實施例1的遮光性組成物1塗佈於10cm見方的玻璃基板上,藉此形成了組成物層。將上述玻璃基板載置於加熱板上,以120℃進行了2分鐘的預烘烤。 利用i射線步進機,經遮罩對所獲得之組成物層進行曝光(曝光量1000mJ/cm2 ),以獲得具有圖6所示之配光圖案之硬化膜。 接著,使用顯影裝置(Tokyo Electron Limited製Act-8)來進行了顯影處理。作為顯影液,使用四甲基氫氧化銨0.3%水溶液,以23℃進行了60秒旋覆浸沒顯影。之後,以用純水之旋轉噴淋進行沖洗所獲得之硬化膜,藉此獲得了具有規定配光圖案之黑色層。 接著,按照實施例1的氧阻斷層E-1的形成方法,在上述中製作之黑色層的表面上形成由氧化矽構成之氧阻斷層,藉此製作了在玻璃基板上依次形成黑色層及氧阻斷層而成之遮光膜。 用所獲得之遮光膜、光源及透鏡來製作頭燈單元的結果,具有良好的性能。[Example 30] <Production of a headlight unit with a light-shielding film> The light-shielding composition 1 of Example 1 obtained in the above was coated on a glass substrate of 10 cm square by a spin coating method to form Composition layer. The above-mentioned glass substrate was placed on a hot plate and prebaked at 120°C for 2 minutes. Using an i-ray stepper, the obtained composition layer was exposed through a mask (exposure amount 1000 mJ/cm 2 ) to obtain a cured film with the light distribution pattern shown in FIG. 6. Next, a developing device (Act-8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron Limited) was used for developing processing. As the developing solution, a 0.3% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide was used, and spin-dip development was performed at 23°C for 60 seconds. Afterwards, the cured film obtained was rinsed with a rotating spray of pure water, thereby obtaining a black layer with a prescribed light distribution pattern. Next, according to the method of forming the oxygen blocking layer E-1 of Example 1, an oxygen blocking layer made of silicon oxide was formed on the surface of the black layer produced above, thereby fabricating a black layer formed on the glass substrate. A light-shielding film composed of layers and oxygen blocking layers. The result of using the obtained shading film, light source and lens to make the headlight unit has good performance.

10:頭燈單元 12:光源 14:遮光部 16:透鏡 20:基體 22:遮光膜 23:開口部 30:配光圖案 30a:邊緣 31:區域 32:配光圖案 32a:邊緣 33:缺口部 100:固體攝像裝置 101:固體攝像元件 102:攝像部 103:蓋玻璃 104:間隔物 105:積層基板 106:晶片基板 107:電路基板 108:電極墊 109:外部連接端子 110:貫通電極 111:透鏡層 112:透鏡材 113:支撐體 114、115:遮光膜 201:受光元件 202:濾色器 203:微透鏡 204:基板 205b:藍色畫素 205r:紅色畫素 205g:綠色畫素 205bm:黑矩陣 206:p阱層 207:讀出柵極部 208:垂直傳輸路徑 209:元件分離區域 210:柵極絕緣膜 211:垂直傳輸電極 212:遮光膜 213、214:絕緣膜 215:平坦化膜 300:紅外線感測器 310:固體攝像元件 311:紅外線吸收過濾器 312:濾色器 313:紅外線透射濾波器 314:樹脂膜 315:微透鏡 316:平坦化膜 10: Headlight unit 12: light source 14: Shading part 16: lens 20: Matrix 22: Shading film 23: Opening 30: Light distribution pattern 30a: Edge 31: area 32: light distribution pattern 32a: Edge 33: Notch 100: Solid state camera 101: solid-state image sensor 102: Camera Department 103: cover glass 104: Spacer 105: Multilayer substrate 106: Wafer substrate 107: Circuit board 108: Electrode pad 109: External connection terminal 110: Through electrode 111: lens layer 112: lens material 113: Support 114, 115: shading film 201: Light receiving element 202: color filter 203: Micro lens 204: Substrate 205b: blue pixel 205r: red pixel 205g: green pixels 205bm: black matrix 206: p-well layer 207: Readout gate 208: Vertical transmission path 209: component separation area 210: Gate insulating film 211: Vertical transfer electrode 212: Shading film 213, 214: insulating film 215: Flattening film 300: infrared sensor 310: solid-state image sensor 311: infrared absorption filter 312: color filter 313: infrared transmission filter 314: Resin film 315: Micro lens 316: Flattening film

圖1係表示固體攝像裝置的構成例之概略剖面圖。 圖2係將圖1所示之固體攝像裝置所具備之攝像部放大表示之概略剖面圖。 圖3係表示紅外線感測器的構成例之概略剖面圖。 圖4係表示頭燈單元的構成例之示意圖。 圖5係表示頭燈單元的遮光部的構成例之示意性立體圖。 圖6係表示基於頭燈單元之配光圖案的一例之示意圖。 圖7係表示基於頭燈單元之配光圖案的另一例之示意圖。Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of a solid-state imaging device. Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an enlarged view of an imaging unit included in the solid-state imaging device shown in Fig. 1. Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an infrared sensor. Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration example of the headlight unit. Fig. 5 is a schematic perspective view showing a configuration example of the light shielding portion of the headlight unit. Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a light distribution pattern based on a headlight unit. Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram showing another example of a light distribution pattern based on a headlight unit.

Claims (17)

一種遮光膜,其具備: 含有黑色色材之黑色層;及 形成於該黑色層上之氧阻斷層, 該氧阻斷層係由無機材料構成之單層, 該氧阻斷層的厚度為10~500nm。A light-shielding film, which has: Black layer containing black color material; and The oxygen blocking layer formed on the black layer, The oxygen blocking layer is a single layer made of inorganic materials, The thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is 10 to 500 nm. 如請求項1所述之遮光膜,其中 該黑色色材含有選自包括鈦、釩、鋯及鈮的群組中之至少1種金屬的氮氧化物。The light-shielding film according to claim 1, wherein The black color material contains oxynitride of at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, vanadium, zirconium and niobium. 如請求項1所述之遮光膜,其中 該黑色色材含有碳黑、苯并呋喃酮化合物或苝化合物。The light-shielding film according to claim 1, wherein The black color material contains carbon black, benzofuranone compound or perylene compound. 如請求項1所述之遮光膜,其中 該黑色色材的含量相對於該黑色層的總質量為20~80質量%。The light-shielding film according to claim 1, wherein The content of the black color material is 20 to 80% by mass relative to the total mass of the black layer. 如請求項1所述之遮光膜,其中 該氧阻斷層含有氧化矽。The light-shielding film according to claim 1, wherein The oxygen blocking layer contains silicon oxide. 如請求項1至5中任一項所述之遮光膜,其中 該黑色層的厚度相對於該氧阻斷層的厚度的比率為2~100。The light-shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein The ratio of the thickness of the black layer to the thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is 2-100. 如請求項1至5中任一項所述之遮光膜,其中 該氧阻斷層的氧透過率為10ml/(m2 •day•atm)以下。The light-shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the oxygen transmission rate of the oxygen blocking layer is 10 ml/(m 2 •day•atm) or less. 如請求項1至5中任一項所述之遮光膜,其中 該氧阻斷層實質上不包含粒子。The light-shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein The oxygen blocking layer contains substantially no particles. 一種遮光膜之製造方法,其具備: 將含有黑色色材、樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑之遮光性組成物塗佈於支撐體上,並對所獲得之塗膜進行硬化來形成黑色層之製程;及 該黑色層上形成氧阻斷層之製程, 該氧阻斷層係由無機材料構成之單層, 該氧阻斷層的厚度為10~500nm。A method for manufacturing a light-shielding film, which includes: The process of coating a light-shielding composition containing black color material, resin, polymerizable compound and polymerization initiator on the support, and curing the obtained coating film to form a black layer; and The process of forming an oxygen blocking layer on the black layer, The oxygen blocking layer is a single layer made of inorganic materials, The thickness of the oxygen blocking layer is 10 to 500 nm. 如請求項9所述之遮光膜之製造方法,其中 形成該氧阻斷層之製程包括氣相沉積無機材料之製程。The method of manufacturing a light-shielding film according to claim 9, wherein The process of forming the oxygen blocking layer includes a process of vapor deposition of inorganic materials. 如請求項9或10所述之遮光膜之製造方法,其中 該樹脂包括含有選自包括聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑前驅物及該等的共聚物的群組中之至少1種的鹼可溶性樹脂。The method of manufacturing a light-shielding film according to claim 9 or 10, wherein The resin includes an alkali-soluble resin containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polybenzoxazole precursor, and copolymers of these. 如請求項9或10所述之遮光膜之製造方法,其中 該遮光性組成物含有至少2種聚合性化合物。The method of manufacturing a light-shielding film according to claim 9 or 10, wherein The light-shielding composition contains at least two types of polymerizable compounds. 如請求項9或10所述之遮光膜之製造方法,其中 該聚合起始劑係由下述式(C-13)表示之化合物, [化學式1]
Figure 03_image073
The method of manufacturing a light-shielding film according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the polymerization initiator is a compound represented by the following formula (C-13), [Chemical formula 1]
Figure 03_image073
.
如請求項9或10所述之遮光膜之製造方法,其中 該樹脂含有具有乙烯性不飽和基之樹脂。The method of manufacturing a light-shielding film according to claim 9 or 10, wherein The resin contains a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group. 一種光學元件,其含有請求項1至8中任一項所述之遮光膜。An optical element containing the light-shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 8. 一種固體攝像元件,其含有請求項1至8中任一項所述之遮光膜。A solid-state imaging device containing the light-shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 8. 一種頭燈單元,其為車輛用燈具的頭燈單元,該頭燈單元具有: 光源;及 遮光部,遮蔽從該光源射出之光的至少一部分, 該遮光部含有請求項1至8中任一項所述之遮光膜。A headlight unit, which is a headlight unit of a vehicle lamp, and the headlight unit has: Light source; and The light shielding part shields at least a part of the light emitted from the light source, The light-shielding part contains the light-shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
TW108129954A 2018-09-21 2019-08-22 Light-shielding film, method for manufacturing light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, and headlight unit TW202022498A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018177855 2018-09-21
JP2018-177855 2018-09-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202022498A true TW202022498A (en) 2020-06-16

Family

ID=69887248

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108129954A TW202022498A (en) 2018-09-21 2019-08-22 Light-shielding film, method for manufacturing light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, and headlight unit

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7245843B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102660236B1 (en)
CN (1) CN112513692A (en)
TW (1) TW202022498A (en)
WO (1) WO2020059382A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022065490A1 (en) * 2020-09-28 2022-03-31 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, organic electroluminescent element, and image display device
CN116997858A (en) * 2021-03-23 2023-11-03 东丽株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, negative photosensitive resin composition film, cured product, method for producing cured product, hollow structure, and electronic component
CN113001325B (en) * 2021-03-25 2022-11-22 中国科学院国家天文台南京天文光学技术研究所 Array grinding method based on active pressure modulation
CN113867101B (en) * 2021-10-09 2023-10-24 杭州福斯特电子材料有限公司 White photosensitive cover film composition for LED, cover film and preparation method thereof
WO2024004793A1 (en) * 2022-06-30 2024-01-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Compound, composition, film, method for producing colored composition, and method for producing laminate for display element

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3675245B2 (en) * 1999-08-12 2005-07-27 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Liquid crystal panel and projection display device
JP2003177211A (en) * 2001-12-11 2003-06-27 Seiko Epson Corp Microlens substrate, counter substrate for liquid crystal panel, liquid crystal panel and projection type display device
JP4699249B2 (en) * 2006-03-17 2011-06-08 大日本印刷株式会社 Color filter substrate for organic electroluminescence device
EP2524099B1 (en) * 2010-01-16 2020-09-30 Cardinal CG Company High quality emission control coatings, emission control glazings
JP2011248197A (en) 2010-05-28 2011-12-08 Fujifilm Corp Method for manufacturing color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display and image display device using the same
JP2014052436A (en) * 2012-09-05 2014-03-20 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Color filter and display device
WO2014192797A1 (en) * 2013-05-29 2014-12-04 テイ・エス テック株式会社 Light-emitting part for vehicle
JP6331314B2 (en) * 2013-10-03 2018-05-30 東レ株式会社 Flexible color filter, manufacturing method thereof, and flexible light-emitting device using the same
JP6059646B2 (en) * 2013-12-06 2017-01-11 大日精化工業株式会社 Near-infrared transmissive black azo pigment, method for producing near-infrared transmissive black azo pigment, coloring composition using these black azo pigments, coloring method for articles, and color filter substrate
CN108885399B (en) * 2016-03-18 2022-03-15 东丽株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, display device provided with cured film, and method for producing same
JP6866387B2 (en) * 2016-10-04 2021-04-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Dispersion composition, curable composition, cured film, color filter, solid-state image sensor, solid-state image sensor, infrared sensor, method for producing dispersion composition, method for producing curable composition, and method for producing cured film.

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112513692A (en) 2021-03-16
WO2020059382A1 (en) 2020-03-26
KR102660236B1 (en) 2024-04-25
KR20210021527A (en) 2021-02-26
JP7245843B2 (en) 2023-03-24
JPWO2020059382A1 (en) 2021-09-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI803686B (en) Light-shielding composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, headlight unit
KR102660236B1 (en) Light-shielding film, manufacturing method of light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging device, headlight unit
TWI798453B (en) Light-shielding resin composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging device, image display device
JP7109565B2 (en) Light-shielding composition, cured film, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging device
KR102453516B1 (en) The manufacturing method of a cured film, the manufacturing method of a solid-state image sensor
TW202041590A (en) Composition, light shielding film, color filter, optical element, sensor, solid state imaging device, and headlight unit
US20220010121A1 (en) Composition, cured film, color filter, light shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, headlight unit, modified silica particles, and method for producing modified silica particles
KR102379844B1 (en) The manufacturing method of a cured film, the manufacturing method of a solid-state image sensor, and the manufacturing method of an image display device
KR102294518B1 (en) Metal nitride-containing particles, dispersion composition, curable composition, cured film, and their manufacturing method and color filter, solid-state imaging device, solid-state imaging device, infrared sensor
KR102400347B1 (en) A curable composition, a cured film, a solid-state imaging device, and the manufacturing method of a cured film
JP7029546B2 (en) Light-shielding composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state image sensor, image display device
TW202112933A (en) Photosensitive composition, cured film, color filter, light blocking film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor and headlight unit
TWI836039B (en) Composition, cured film, color filter, light shielding film, optical element, solid state imaging device, headlight unit, modified silica particle, and method for producing modified silica particle
TW202311404A (en) Composition, light shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for manufacturing cured film
TW202313814A (en) Composition, light shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for manufacturing cured film
WO2024070942A1 (en) Composition, light-blocking film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and method for manufacturing cured film